0001078271 extr:TechDataCorporationMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30

p262Tejo

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D. C. 20549

 

Form 10-Q

 

(Mark One)

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021      

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number 000-25711001-40423

 

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

 

 

 

DELAWAREdelaware

 

77-0430270

[State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization]

 

[I.R.S Employer

Identification No.]

 

 

6480 Via Del Oro,2121 RDU Center Drive, Suite 300,

San Jose, CaliforniaMorrisville, North Carolina

 

9511927560

[Address of principal executive office]

 

[Zip Code]

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 579-2800

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading

Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock

EXTR

NASDAQ Global Select Market

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” andfiler,” “smaller reporting company” and “an emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

 

Accelerated filer

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by checkmark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes      No  

The numberIndicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.     Yes      No  

As of October 28, 2021, the registrant had 129,879,238 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, $.001common stock, $0.001 par value outstanding at February 2, 2018, was 115,267,499

per share, outstanding.

 

 

 


 

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

FORM 10-Q

QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED 2018

September 30, 2021

INDEX

 

 

 

 

 

 

PAGE

PART I. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 and June 30, 20172021

3

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 and 20162020  

4

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive LossIncome (Loss) for the three and six months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 and 20162020  

5

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsStockholders' Equity for the sixthree months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 and 20162020

6

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

7

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

78

 

 

 

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

3326

 

 

 

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

4435

 

 

 

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

4536

 

 

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings

4636

 

 

 

Item 1A

Risk Factors

4636

 

 

 

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

6036

 

 

 

Item 3.

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

6036

 

 

 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosure

6136

 

 

 

Item 5.

Other Information

6136

 

 

 

Item 6.

Exhibits

6237

 

 

Signatures

6338

 


EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

June 30,

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

June 30,

2021

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

127,108

 

 

$

130,450

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,382 at December 31, 2017 and $1,190 at June 30, 2017

 

 

154,906

 

 

 

93,115

 

Cash

 

$

191,349

 

 

$

246,894

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

129,611

 

 

 

156,476

 

Inventories

 

 

83,377

 

 

 

47,410

 

 

 

32,439

 

 

 

32,885

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

24,772

 

 

 

27,867

 

 

 

70,772

 

 

 

51,340

 

Total current assets

 

 

390,163

 

 

 

298,842

 

 

 

424,171

 

 

 

487,595

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

68,565

 

 

 

30,240

 

 

 

52,878

 

 

 

55,004

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

 

 

33,820

 

 

 

36,927

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

92,925

 

 

 

25,337

 

 

 

45,898

 

 

 

36,038

 

Goodwill

 

 

130,988

 

 

 

80,216

 

 

 

387,808

 

 

 

331,159

 

Other assets

 

 

44,267

 

 

 

25,065

 

 

 

64,229

 

 

 

63,370

 

Total assets

 

$

726,908

 

 

$

459,700

 

 

$

1,008,804

 

 

$

1,010,093

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

$

22,426

 

 

$

12,280

 

Current portion of long-term debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $2,356

and $2,404, respectively

 

$

26,144

 

 

$

23,721

 

Accounts payable

 

 

73,553

 

 

 

31,587

 

 

 

63,394

 

 

 

60,142

 

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

 

49,104

 

 

 

42,662

 

 

 

52,098

 

 

 

71,610

 

Accrued warranty

 

 

13,010

 

 

 

10,584

 

 

 

10,780

 

 

 

11,623

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

113,664

 

 

 

79,048

 

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

 

18,453

 

 

 

18,743

 

Current portion of deferred revenue

 

 

216,807

 

 

 

212,412

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

 

74,517

 

 

 

37,044

 

 

 

67,384

 

 

 

57,449

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

346,274

 

 

 

213,205

 

 

 

455,060

 

 

 

455,700

 

Deferred revenue, less current portion

 

 

38,693

 

 

 

25,293

 

 

 

139,216

 

 

 

133,172

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

 

160,712

 

 

 

80,422

 

Long-term debt, less current portion, net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $4,121

and $4,760, respectively

 

 

297,379

 

 

 

315,865

 

Operating lease liabilities, less current portion

 

 

28,744

 

 

 

32,515

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

5,163

 

 

 

6,576

 

 

 

3,986

 

 

 

3,828

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

64,347

 

 

 

8,526

 

 

 

12,094

 

 

 

14,545

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value, issuable in series, 2,000,000 shares

authorized; none issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $.001 par value, 750,000,000 shares authorized; 113,931,341 shares

issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 110,924,508 shares issued and

outstanding at June 30, 2017

 

 

114

 

 

 

111

 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, issuable in series, 2,000 shares

authorized; NaN issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 750,000 shares authorized; 136,351 and 133,279 shares issued, respectively; 129,754 and 126,682 shares outstanding, respectively

 

 

136

 

 

 

133

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

921,716

 

 

 

909,155

 

 

 

1,084,671

 

 

 

1,078,602

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(1,278

)

 

 

(2,302

)

 

 

(3,722

)

 

 

(2,811

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(808,833

)

 

 

(781,286

)

 

 

(965,647

)

 

 

(978,343

)

Treasury stock at cost, 6,597 shares

 

 

(43,113

)

 

 

(43,113

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

111,719

 

 

 

125,678

 

 

 

72,325

 

 

 

54,468

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

726,908

 

 

$

459,700

 

 

$

1,008,804

 

 

$

1,010,093

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.


EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Net revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

$

185,161

 

 

$

161,396

 

Service and subscription

 

 

82,523

 

 

 

74,406

 

Total net revenues

 

 

267,684

 

 

 

235,802

 

Cost of revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

 

80,944

 

 

 

73,395

 

Service and subscription

 

 

31,137

 

 

 

27,389

 

Total cost of revenues

 

 

112,081

 

 

 

100,784

 

Gross profit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

 

104,217

 

 

 

88,001

 

Service and subscription

 

 

51,386

 

 

 

47,017

 

Total gross profit

 

 

155,603

 

 

 

135,018

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

47,766

 

 

 

49,524

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

69,527

 

 

 

64,325

 

General and administrative

 

 

17,003

 

 

 

16,461

 

Acquisition and integration costs

 

 

1,510

 

 

 

1,975

 

Restructuring and related charges

 

 

279

 

 

 

1,001

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

1,154

 

 

 

1,792

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

137,239

 

 

 

135,078

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

18,364

 

 

 

(60

)

Interest income

 

 

110

 

 

 

118

 

Interest expense

 

 

(3,880

)

 

 

(6,663

)

Other income (expense), net

 

 

171

 

 

 

(887

)

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

14,765

 

 

 

(7,492

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

2,069

 

 

 

1,320

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

12,696

 

 

$

(8,812

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share - basic

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

(0.07

)

Net income (loss) per share - diluted

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares used in per share calculation - basic

 

 

128,324

 

 

 

121,705

 

Shares used in per share calculation - diluted

 

 

133,225

 

 

 

121,705

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 


EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONSCOMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

Net revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

$

174,850

 

 

$

118,055

 

 

$

339,624

 

 

$

208,148

 

Service

 

 

56,273

 

 

 

38,322

 

 

 

103,214

 

 

 

70,833

 

Total net revenues

 

 

231,123

 

 

 

156,377

 

 

 

442,838

 

 

 

278,981

 

Cost of revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

 

78,472

 

 

 

62,627

 

 

 

158,517

 

 

 

106,876

 

Service

 

 

23,665

 

 

 

14,098

 

 

 

42,954

 

 

 

26,567

 

Total cost of revenues

 

 

102,137

 

 

 

76,725

 

 

 

201,471

 

 

 

133,443

 

Gross profit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

 

96,378

 

 

 

55,428

 

 

 

181,107

 

 

 

101,272

 

Service

 

 

32,608

 

 

 

24,224

 

 

 

60,260

 

 

 

44,266

 

Total gross profit

 

 

128,986

 

 

 

79,652

 

 

 

241,367

 

 

 

145,538

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

45,907

 

 

 

24,013

 

 

 

80,192

 

 

 

42,312

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

65,659

 

 

 

41,025

 

 

 

121,220

 

 

 

77,884

 

General and administrative

 

 

11,669

 

 

 

9,397

 

 

 

23,854

 

 

 

17,684

 

Acquisition and integration costs, net of bargain purchase gain

 

 

34,115

 

 

 

4,169

 

 

 

38,359

 

 

 

6,490

 

Restructuring and related charges, net of reversals

 

 

 

 

 

1,853

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,853

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

2,746

 

 

 

2,175

 

 

 

4,360

 

 

 

6,317

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

160,096

 

 

 

82,632

 

 

 

267,985

 

 

 

152,540

 

Operating loss

 

 

(31,110

)

 

 

(2,980

)

 

 

(26,618

)

 

 

(7,002

)

Interest income

 

 

717

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

1,364

 

 

 

138

 

Interest expense

 

 

(2,504

)

 

 

(1,176

)

 

 

(4,719

)

 

 

(1,823

)

Other income (expense), net

 

 

(643

)

 

 

1,025

 

 

 

2,484

 

 

 

802

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(33,540

)

 

 

(3,050

)

 

 

(27,489

)

 

 

(7,885

)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

(1,617

)

 

 

1,179

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

2,086

 

Net loss

 

$

(31,923

)

 

$

(4,229

)

 

$

(27,547

)

 

$

(9,971

)

Basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share - basic

 

$

(0.28

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

(0.24

)

 

$

(0.09

)

Net loss per share - diluted

 

$

(0.28

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

(0.24

)

 

$

(0.09

)

Shares used in per share calculation - basic

 

 

113,621

 

 

 

107,425

 

 

 

112,931

 

 

 

106,690

 

Shares used in per share calculation - diluted

 

 

113,621

 

 

 

107,425

 

 

 

112,931

 

 

 

106,690

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

12,696

 

 

$

(8,812

)

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Change in unrealized gains and losses on interest rate swaps

 

 

(85

)

 

 

(173

)

    Reclassification adjustment related to interest rate swaps

 

 

281

 

 

 

160

 

    Change in unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency forward contracts

 

 

(201

)

 

 

 

        Net decrease from derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(13

)

Net change in foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(906

)

 

 

1,455

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(911

)

 

 

1,442

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

11,785

 

 

$

(7,370

)

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.


EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(In thousands) (Unaudited)

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional Paid-

 

 

Accumulated Other

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total Stockholders'

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

In-Capital

 

 

Comprehensive Loss

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Equity

 

Balance at June 30, 2020

 

127,114

 

 

$

127

 

 

$

1,035,041

 

 

$

(6,378

)

 

 

(6,597

)

 

$

(43,113

)

 

$

(980,279

)

 

$

5,398

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,812

)

 

 

(8,812

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,442

 

Issuance of common stock from equity incentive plans, net of tax withholdings

 

2,418

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,581

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,302

 

Balance at September 30, 2020

 

129,532

 

 

$

130

 

 

$

1,046,921

 

 

$

(4,936

)

 

 

(6,597

)

 

$

(43,113

)

 

$

(989,091

)

 

$

9,911

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2021

 

133,279

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

1,078,602

 

 

 

(2,811

)

 

 

(6,597

)

 

 

(43,113

)

 

 

(978,343

)

 

 

54,468

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,696

 

 

 

12,696

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(911

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(911

)

Issuance of common stock from equity incentive plans, net of tax withholdings

 

3,072

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(4,375

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,372

)

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,444

 

Balance at September 30, 2021

 

136,351

 

 

$

136

 

 

$

1,084,671

 

 

$

(3,722

)

 

 

(6,597

)

 

$

(43,113

)

 

$

(965,647

)

 

$

72,325

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 


EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

Net loss:

 

$

(31,923

)

 

$

(4,229

)

 

$

(27,547

)

 

$

(9,971

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains on available for sale securities

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

 

237

 

 

 

 

Net change in foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

432

 

 

 

(421

)

 

 

787

 

 

 

(974

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

486

 

 

 

(421

)

 

 

1,024

 

 

 

(974

)

Total comprehensive loss

 

$

(31,437

)

 

$

(4,650

)

 

$

(26,523

)

 

$

(10,945

)

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.


EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(27,547

)

 

$

(9,971

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

12,696

 

 

$

(8,812

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

8,093

 

 

 

4,832

 

 

 

5,155

 

 

 

6,727

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

11,023

 

 

 

11,593

 

 

 

6,440

 

 

 

8,491

 

Reduction in carrying amount of right-of-use asset

 

 

3,902

 

 

 

4,038

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

1,180

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

-

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

11,828

 

 

 

6,856

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

10,444

 

 

 

8,302

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(2,135

)

 

 

923

 

 

 

682

 

 

 

312

 

Non-cash restructuring and related charges

 

 

 

 

 

1,718

 

Realized gain on sale of non-marketable equity investment

 

 

(3,757

)

 

 

 

Realized gain on bargain purchase

 

 

(4,920

)

 

 

 

Other non-cash items

 

 

1,818

 

 

 

(243

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired and liabilities assumed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash interest expense

 

 

1,314

 

 

 

1,103

 

Other

 

 

(176

)

 

 

1,380

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(11,188

)

 

 

(7,756

)

 

 

28,281

 

 

 

(910

)

Inventories

 

 

(449

)

 

 

4,313

 

 

 

604

 

 

 

6,628

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

1,188

 

 

 

6,823

 

 

 

(18,640

)

 

 

(1,521

)

Accounts payable

 

 

17,547

 

 

 

(4,444

)

 

 

2,577

 

 

 

10,628

 

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

 

3,734

 

 

 

(916

)

 

 

(22,540

)

 

 

(5,482

)

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

(4,839

)

 

 

(4,812

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

4,446

 

 

 

(2,469

)

 

 

7,680

 

 

 

6,607

 

Other current and long-term liabilities

 

 

3,387

 

 

 

7,875

 

 

 

6,648

 

 

 

(7,934

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

14,248

 

 

 

19,288

 

 

 

40,254

 

 

 

24,745

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

(13,309

)

 

 

(4,662

)

 

 

(3,410

)

 

 

(3,023

)

Acquisitions

 

 

(97,581

)

 

 

(51,088

)

Proceeds from sale of non-marketable equity investment

 

 

4,922

 

 

 

 

Business acquisition, net of cash acquired

 

 

(69,517

)

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(105,968

)

 

 

(55,750

)

 

 

(72,927

)

 

 

(3,023

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings under Term Loan

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

48,250

 

Repayments of debt

 

 

(8,686

)

 

 

(5,513

)

Loan fees on borrowings

 

 

(1,494

)

 

 

(1,327

)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of tax withholding

 

 

(1,536

)

 

 

4,831

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

88,284

 

 

 

46,241

 

Payments on debt obligations

 

 

(16,750

)

 

 

(24,750

)

Payments for tax withholdings, net of proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

(4,372

)

 

 

3,581

 

Payment of contingent consideration obligations

 

 

(559

)

 

 

(603

)

Deferred payments on an acquisition

 

 

(1,000

)

 

 

(1,000

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(22,681

)

 

 

(22,772

)

Foreign currency effect on cash

 

 

94

 

 

 

(115

)

 

 

(191

)

 

 

294

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(3,342

)

 

 

9,664

 

Net decrease in cash

 

 

(55,545

)

 

 

(756

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

130,450

 

 

 

94,122

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

127,108

 

 

$

103,786

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

 

246,894

 

 

 

193,872

 

Cash at end of period

 

$

191,349

 

 

$

193,116

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 


EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

1.

Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Extreme Networks, Inc., together with its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Extreme” or the “Company”), is a leader in providing software-driven networking solutions for enterprise customers.  The Company conducts its sales and marketing activities on a worldwide basis through distributors, resellers and the Company’s field sales organization. Extreme was incorporated in California in 1996 and reincorporated in Delaware in 1999.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Extreme included herein have been prepared under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted under such rules and regulations.  The condensed consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 20172021 was derived from audited financial statements as of that date but does not include all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. These interim financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017.2021.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented and the financial condition of Extreme at December 31, 2017.September 30, 2021. The results of operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for fiscal 20182022 or any future periods.

Effective July 1, 2017, the Company adopted the requirements of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. All amounts and disclosures set forth in this Form 10-Q have been updated to comply with the new standards, as indicated by the “as adjusted” footnote.

Fiscal Year

The Company uses a fiscal calendar year ending on June 30.  All references herein to “fiscal 2018”2022” or “2018”“2022” represent the fiscal year ending June 30, 2018.2022.  All references herein to “fiscal 2017”2021” or “2017”“2021” represent the fiscal year endingended June 30, 2017.2021.

Principles of Consolidation

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Extreme and its wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

The Company predominantly uses the United States Dollar as its functional currency.  The functional currency for certain of its foreign subsidiaries is the local currency.  For those subsidiaries that operate in a local functional currency functional environment, all assets and liabilities are translated to United States Dollars at current month end rates of exchange;exchange and revenuerevenues and expenses are translated using the monthly average rate.

Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are used for, but are not limited to, the accounting for the allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns, determining the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities, estimated selling prices, inventory valuation and purchase commitments, depreciation and amortization, impairment of long-lived assets including goodwill, warranty accruals, restructuring liabilities, measurement of share-based compensation costs and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Reclassification

Certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of cash flow. The reclassification had no impact on previously reported net loss or accumulated deficit.


2. Business Combinations

The Company completed three acquisitions during the six months ended December 31, 2017. The acquisitions have been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting.  The purchase price has been allocated on a preliminary basis to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The fair value of working capital related items, such as other current assets and accrued liabilities, approximated their book values at the date of acquisition.  Inventories were valued at fair value using the net realizable value approach.  The fair value of property and equipment was determined using a cost approach.  The fair value of the acquired deferred revenue was estimated using the cost build-up approach. The cost build-up approach determines fair value using estimates of the costs required to provide the contracted deliverables plus an assumed profit.  The total costs including the assumed profit were adjusted to present value using a discount rate considered appropriate. The resulting fair value approximates the amount that the Company would be required to pay to a third party to assume the obligation.  Valuations of the intangible assets were valued using income approaches based on management projections, which we consider to be Level 3 inputs. The Company also continues to analyze the tax implications of the acquisition of the intangible assets which may ultimately impact the overall level of goodwill associated with the acquisition.

The final purchase price allocation is pending the finalization of valuations, which may result in an adjustment to the preliminary purchase price allocation. Also, additional information which existed as of the acquisition dates, but was unknown to the Company at that time, may become known to the Company during the remainder of the measurement period (up to one year from the acquisition dates), and may result in a change in the purchase price allocation.  While management believes that its preliminary estimates and assumptions underlying the valuations are reasonable, different estimates and assumptions could result in different valuations assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and the resulting amount of goodwill. Results of operations of the acquired entities are included in the Company’s operations beginning with the closing date of each acquisition.

Fiscal 2018 Acquisitions

Data Center Business

On October 27, 2017 (the “Brocade Closing”), the Company completed its acquisition of the data center business (the “Data Center Business”) of Brocade Communication Systems, Inc.’s (“Brocade”), pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Brocade APA”) dated as of October 3, 2017, by and between the Company and Brocade. Under the terms and conditions of the Brocade APA, the Company acquired customers, employees, technology and other assets of the Data Center Business as well as assumed certain contracts and other liabilities of the Data Center Business.

The fair value of consideration transferred on the Brocade Closing date includes:

upfront cash closing payment equal to $23.0 million,

deferred payments of $1.0 million per quarter for the next twenty full fiscal quarters of the Company following the acquisition date discounted to their present value,

contingent consideration in the form of quarterly earnout payments equal to 50% of the profits of the Data Center Business for the five-year period commencing at the end of the first full fiscal quarter of the Company following the acquisition of the Data Center Business discounted to their present value,

an amount payable due to the excess working capital acquired over the target working capital agreed upon in the Brocade APA, and,

portion of the fair value of replacement stock awards granted to employees assumed from Brocade for which their services were provided prior to the Brocade Closing date.

The components of aggregate estimated purchase consideration are as follows (in thousands):

Estimated purchase consideration

October 27,

2017

 

Cash paid to sellers at closing

$

23,000

 

Deferred payments

 

18,430

 

Contingent consideration

 

34,100

 

Working capital adjustment

 

6,534

 

Replacement of stock-based awards

 

2,273

 

Aggregate estimated purchase consideration

$

84,337

 

The following table below summarizes the preliminary allocation as of October 27, 2017 of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:


 

Preliminary Allocation as of

October 27, 2017

 

Accounts receivables

$

33,488

 

Inventories

 

19,973

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

988

 

Property and equipment

 

29,160

 

Other assets

 

4,734

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

(15,850

)

Deferred revenue

 

(33,519

)

Net tangible assets acquired

 

38,974

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

28,600

 

Goodwill

 

16,763

 

Total intangible assets acquired

 

45,363

 

Total net assets acquired

$

84,337

 

The following table presents details of the identifiable intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition (in thousands, except years):

Intangible Assets

 

Estimated Useful Life

(in years)

 

 

Amount

 

Developed technology

 

2 - 5

 

 

$

21,800

 

Customer relationships

 

 

5

 

 

 

5,400

 

Trade names

 

 

4

 

 

 

1,400

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

$

28,600

 

The amortization for the developed technology is recorded in “Cost of revenues” for product and the amortization for the remaining intangibles is recorded in “Amortization of intangibles” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.  The goodwill recognized is attributable primarily to expected synergies and the assembled workforce of the Data Center Business.  The Company anticipates both the goodwill and intangible assets to be fully deductible for income tax purposes.

The results of operations of the Data Center Business are included with those of the Company beginning October 28, 2017.  The associated expenses of the Data Center Business have been incorporated with the results of operations of the Company as a product line and, therefore, stand-alone operating results are not available.  In the three and six months ended December 31, 2017 the Company incurred $32.5 million and $33.8 million, respectively, of acquisition and integration related expenses associated with the acquisition of the Data Center Business, including a $25.0 consent fee paid to terminate a previous asset purchase agreement entered into by the Company to purchase the Data Center Business from Broadcom Corporation, in anticipation of Broadcom’s proposed acquisition of Brocade. The fee was paid to allow the Company to buy the Data Center Business directly from Brocade. Such acquisition-related costs are included in “Acquisition and integration costs, net of bargain purchase gain” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. The costs, which the Company expensed as incurred, consist primarily of professional fees to financial and legal advisors and IT consultants and companies.

Campus Fabric Business

On July 14, 2017, (the “Avaya Closing Date”) the Company completed its acquisition of Avaya Inc.’s. (“Avaya”) fabric-based secure networking solutions and network security solutions business (the “Campus Fabric Business”) that had been announced on March 7, 2017.  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Avaya APA”), the Company acquired the customers, employees, technology and other assets of the Campus Fabric Business, as well as assumed certain contracts and other liabilities of the Campus Fabric Business, for total provisional consideration of $79.8 million, calculated as $100.0 million, less adjustments set forth in the Avaya APA related to net working capital, deferred revenue, certain assumed lease obligations and certain assumed pension obligations for transferring employees of the Campus Fabric Business.  Pursuant to certain ancillary agreements, Avaya will also provide the Company with transition services for a period of time following the Avaya Closing Date. As a condition of the Avaya APA, the Company had made deposits of $10.2 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2017, which were applied to the purchase price upon the Avaya Closing Date. 


The following table below summarizes the preliminary allocation as of December 31, 2017 of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

Preliminary Allocation as of

September 30, 2017

 

 

Change during three months ended December 31, 2017

 

 

Preliminary Allocation as of

December 31, 2017

 

Accounts receivables

$

18,112

 

 

$

183

 

(a)

$

18,295

 

Inventories

 

16,605

 

 

 

(1,060

)

(b)(c)

 

15,545

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

673

 

 

 

 

 

 

673

 

Property and equipment

 

3,768

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,768

 

Other assets

 

2,568

 

 

 

2,743

 

(c)

 

5,311

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

(29,716

)

 

 

(2,203

)

(d)(f)

 

(31,919

)

Deferred revenue

 

(10,214

)

 

 

163

 

(d)(e)

 

(10,051

)

Other long-term liabilities

 

(6,608

)

 

 

1,403

 

(f)

 

(5,205

)

Net tangible assets acquired

 

(4,812

)

 

 

1,229

 

 

 

(3,583

)

Identifiable intangible assets

 

44,000

 

 

 

2,900

 

(g)

 

46,900

 

In-process research and development

 

2,300

 

 

 

200

 

(g)

 

2,500

 

Goodwill

 

38,338

 

 

 

(4,329

)

 

 

34,009

 

Total intangible assets acquired

 

84,638

 

 

 

(1,229

)

 

 

83,409

 

Total net assets acquired

$

79,826

 

 

$

 

 

$

79,826

 

The changes during the period in the table above include: a) additional information on accounts receivable as of the acquisition date, b) additional receipts of product, c) a reclassification from inventories to other assets related to service parts, d) a reclassification from deferred revenue to accounts payable, e) an adjustment of the fair value of deferred maintenance revenue, f) a reclassification from long-term liabilities to short-term related to liabilities assumed, g) revised net realizable value based on usefulness of identifiable intangible assets and in-process research and development acquired.

The following table presents details of the identifiable intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition (in thousands, except years):

Intangible Assets

 

Estimated Useful Life

(in years)

 

 

Amount

 

Developed technology

 

 

6

 

 

$

37,400

 

Customer relationships

 

 

4

 

 

 

5,100

 

Trademarks

 

 

5

 

 

 

2,600

 

Backlog

 

 

1

 

 

 

1,800

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

$

46,900

 

The amortization for the developed technology is recorded in “Cost of revenues” for product and the amortization for the remaining intangibles is recorded in “Amortization of intangibles” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations.  The goodwill recognized is attributable primarily to expected synergies and the assembled workforce of the Campus Fabric Business.  The Company anticipates both the goodwill and intangible assets to be fully deductible for income tax purposes. 

The Company also acquired an indefinite lived asset of $2.5 million which represents the fair value of in-process research and development activities.  Once the related research and development efforts are completed, the Company will determine whether the asset will continue to be an indefinite lived asset or become a finite lived asset and apply the appropriate accounting accordingly.

The results of operations of the Campus Fabric Business are included in the accompanying condensed consolidated results of operations beginning July 14, 2017.  The associated expenses of the Campus Fabric Business have been incorporated with the results of operations of the Company as a product line and, therefore, stand-alone operating results are not available. In the three and six months ended December 31, 2017, the Company incurred $6.6 million and $9.5 million, respectively, of acquisition and integration related expenses associated with the acquisition of the Campus Fabric Business.  Such acquisition-related costs are included in “Acquisition and integration costs, net of bargain purchase gain” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.  The costs, which the Company expensed as incurred, consist primarily of professional fees to financial and legal advisors and IT consultants and companies.

Capital Financing Business


On December 1, 2017, Company completed its acquisition of a capital financing business (the “CF Business”), pursuant to a Bill of Sale and Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the “Assumption Agreement”) between the Company and Broadcom.  Under the terms and conditions of the Assumption Agreement, the Company acquired customers, employees, contracts and lease equipment of the CF Business equal to the earn out payments to Broadcom of 90% of acquired financing receivables to be collected commencing at the closing date.

Net assets acquired included financing receivables of $13.8 million, lease equipment of $3.5 million and identifiable intangible assets of $0.6 million, and the fair value of the contingent consideration was $12.9 million. As the preliminary fair value of the net assets acquired exceeded the fair value of the purchase consideration, the Company recorded a gain from the bargain purchase of $4.9 million in “Acquisition and integration costs, net of bargain purchase gain” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations for the second quarter of fiscal 2018.  Acquisition and integration related expenses associated with the acquisition of the CF Business were immaterial.

Fiscal 2017 Acquisition

On October 28, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of the wireless local area network business (“WLAN Business”) from Zebra Technologies Corporation.  Under the terms of the WLAN Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company acquired customers, employees, technology and other assets as well as assumed certain contracts and other liabilities of the WLAN Business, for a net cash consideration to $49.5 million.  The following table below summarizes the final allocation of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

Final Allocation as of

October 28, 2016

 

Accounts receivables, net

$

14,636

 

Inventories

 

13,593

 

Other current assets

 

808

 

Property and equipment

 

3,159

 

Other assets

 

7,634

 

Deferred revenue

 

(14,159

)

Other liabilities

 

(7,201

)

Total tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed

 

18,470

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

20,300

 

In-process research and development

 

1,400

 

Goodwill

 

9,339

 

Total intangible assets acquired

 

31,039

 

Total net assets acquired

$

49,509

 

Pro forma financial information

The following unaudited pro forma results of operations are presented as though the acquisitions of the Data Center Business, CF Business, Campus Fabric Business and WLAN Businesses had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented after giving effect to purchase accounting adjustments relating to inventories, deferred revenue, depreciation and amortization on acquired property and equipment and intangibles, acquisition costs, interest income and expense and related tax effects.

The pro forma results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the combined results that would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of the earliest period presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results. The unaudited pro forma results do not include the impact of synergies, nor any potential impacts on current or future market conditions which could alter the unaudited pro forma results.

The unaudited pro forma financial information for the three and six months ended December 31, 2017, combines the results for Extreme for the three and six months ended December 31, 2017, which include the results of the Data Center Business, CF Business and Campus Fabric Business subsequent to the acquisition date and their historical results up to the acquisition date.

The unaudited pro forma financial information for the three and six months ended December 31, 2016, combines the historical results for Extreme for those periods, as adjusted for the adoption of ASC 606, with the historical results of the Data Center Business, CF Business and Campus Fabric Business for the three and six months ended December 31, 2016, as well as the historical results of the WLAN Business up to the acquisition date.

Pro forma results of operations from the Data Center Business, CF Business, Campus Fabric Business and WLAN Business acquisitions included in the pro forma results of operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2016 or 2017 have not


been adjusted for the adoption of ASC 606 because the Company determined that it is impractical to estimate the impact of the adoption.

The following table summarizes the unaudited pro forma financial information (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

Net revenues

 

$

252,532

 

 

$

311,503

 

 

$

537,040

 

 

$

644,435

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

1,152

 

 

$

(62,134

)

 

$

(7,622

)

 

$

(95,972

)

Net income (loss) per share - basic

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

(0.58

)

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

(0.90

)

Net income (loss) per share - diluted

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

(0.58

)

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

(0.90

)

Shares used in per share calculation - basic

 

 

113,621

 

 

 

107,425

 

 

 

112,931

 

 

 

106,690

 

Shares used in per share calculation - diluted

 

 

119,656

 

 

 

107,425

 

 

 

112,931

 

 

 

106,690

 

3.2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

For a description of significant accounting policies, see Note 3,2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017. Except for the following policies, there2021. There have been no material changes to the Company’s significant accounting policies since the filing of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Revenue Recognition

The Company accounts for revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which the Company adopted on July 1, 2017, using the retrospective method.  The Company derives the majority of its revenue from sales of its networking equipment, with the remaining revenue generated from service fees relating to maintenance contracts, professional services, and training for its products. The Company sells its products and maintenance contracts direct to customers and to partners in two distribution channels, or tiers. The first tier consists of a limited number of independent distributors that stock its products and sell primarily to resellers.  The second tier of the distribution channel consists of a non-stocking distributors and value-added resellers that sell directly to end-users.  Products and services may be sold separately or in bundled packages.  

The Company considers customer purchase orders, which in some cases are governed by master sales agreements, to be the contracts with a customer.  For each contract, the Company considers the promise to transfer products and services, each of which are distinct, to be the identified performance obligations. In determining the transaction price the Company evaluates whether the price is subject to refund or adjustment to determine the net consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled.

For all of the Company’s sales and distribution channels, revenue is recognized when control of the product is transferred to the customer (i.e., when the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied), which typically occurs at shipment for product sales. Revenue from maintenance contracts is recognized over time as the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied. This is typically the contractual service period, which ranges from one to three years.  For product sales to value-added resellers of the Company, non-stocking distributors and end-user customers, the Company generally does not grant return privileges, except for defective products during the warranty period, nor does the Company grant pricing credits.  Sales incentives and other programs that the Company may make available to these customers are considered to be a form of variable consideration and the Company maintains estimated accruals and allowances using the expected value method. There were no material changes in the current period to the estimated transaction price for performance obligations which were satisfied or partially satisfied during previous periods.    

Sales to stocking distributors are made under terms allowing certain price adjustments and limited rights of return (known as “stock rotation”) of the Company’s products held in their inventory. Revenue from sales to distributors is recognized upon the transfer of control to the distributor.  Frequently, distributors need to sell at a price lower than the contractual distribution price in order to win business, and submit rebate requests for Company pre-approval prior to selling the product through at the discounted price.  At the time the distributor invoices its customer or soon thereafter, the distributor submits a rebate claim to the Company to adjust the distributor’s cost from the contractual price to the pre-approved lower price. After the Company verifies that the claim was pre-approved, a credit memo is issued to the distributor for the rebate claim. In determining the transaction price, the Company considers these rebate adjustments to be variable consideration. Such price adjustments are estimated using the expected value method based on an analysis of actual claims, at the distributor level over a trailing twelve-month period of time considered adequate to account for current pricing and business trends. Stock rotation rights grant the distributor the ability to return certain specified amounts of inventory. Stock rotation adjustments are an additional form of variable consideration and are also estimated using the expected value


method based on historical return rates. There were no material changes in the current period to the estimated variable consideration for performance obligations which were satisfied or partially satisfied during previous periods. 

Performance Obligations. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer, and is the unit of account in ASC Topic 606. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied.  Certain of the Company’s contracts have multiple performance obligations, as the promise to transfer individual goods or services is separately identifiable from other promises in the contracts and, therefore, is distinct.  For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price.  The stand-alone selling prices are determined based on the prices at which the Company separately sells these products.  For items that are not sold separately, the Company estimates the stand-alone selling prices using the best estimated selling price approach.  

The Company’s performance obligations are satisfied at a point in time or over time as work progresses.  Substantially all of the Company’s product sales revenues as reflected on the consolidated statements of operations for the three-month and six-month periods ended December 31, 2017, and 2016 are recognized at a point in time. Substantially all of the Company’s service revenue is recognized over time.  For revenue recognized over time, the Company uses an input measure, days elapsed, to measure progress.  

On December 31, 2017, the Company had $152.4 million of remaining performance obligations, which is comprised of deferred maintenance revenue and services not yet delivered.  The Company expects to recognize approximately 54 percent of its remaining performance obligations as revenue in fiscal 2018, an additional 31 percent by fiscal 2019 and 15 percent of the balance thereafter.

Contract Balances. The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in billed accounts receivable and deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheet. Services provided under renewable support arrangements of the Company are billed in accordance with agreed-upon contractual terms, which are typically at periodic intervals (e.g., quarterly or annually).  The Company sometimes receives payments from its customers in advance of services being provided, resulting in deferred revenues.  These liabilities are reported on the consolidated balance sheet on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of each reporting period.

Revenue recognized for the six-month periods ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of each period was $53.1 million and $49.7 million respectively. Revenue recognized for the three-month periods ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of each period was $36.9 million and $33.5 million, respectively.

Contract Costs.  The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.  Management expects that commission fees paid to sales representative as a result of obtaining service contracts and contract renewals are recoverable and therefore the Company capitalized them as contract costs in the amount of $3.0 million and $2.5 million at December 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017, respectively.  Capitalized commission fees are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average period of service contracts of approximately three years, and are included in “Sales and marketing” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.  Amortization recognized during the three-month period ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, was $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively.  Amortization recognized during the six-month period ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, was $0.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively.  There was no impairment loss in relation to the costs capitalized.

Revenue by Category: The following table sets forth the Company’s revenue disaggregated by sales channel and geographic region based on the billing addresses of its customers (in thousands, unaudited):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

Distributor

 

Direct

 

Total

 

 

Distributor

 

Direct

 

Total

 

Americas:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

56,269

 

$

54,559

 

$

110,828

 

 

$

39,063

 

$

38,396

 

$

77,459

 

Other

 

 

1,155

 

 

5,698

 

 

6,853

 

 

 

2,827

 

 

3,243

 

 

6,070

 

Total Americas

 

 

57,424

 

 

60,257

 

 

117,681

 

 

 

41,890

 

 

41,639

 

 

83,529

 

EMEA:

 

 

55,956

 

 

33,624

 

 

89,580

 

 

 

36,070

 

 

24,361

 

 

60,431

 

APAC:

 

 

5,131

 

 

18,731

 

 

23,862

 

 

 

1,613

 

 

10,804

 

 

12,417

 

Total net revenues

 

$

118,511

 

$

112,612

 

$

231,123

 

 

$

79,573

 

$

76,804

 

$

156,377

 


 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

Distributor

 

Direct

 

Total

 

 

Distributor

 

Direct

 

Total

 

Americas:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

98,661

 

$

105,549

 

$

204,210

 

 

$

66,054

 

$

65,225

 

$

131,279

 

Other

 

 

15,491

 

 

12,093

 

 

27,584

 

 

 

4,220

 

 

12,871

 

 

17,091

 

Total Americas

 

 

114,152

 

 

117,642

 

 

231,794

 

 

 

70,274

 

 

78,096

 

 

148,370

 

EMEA:

 

 

107,188

 

 

61,527

 

 

168,715

 

 

 

67,369

 

 

40,890

 

 

108,259

 

APAC:

 

 

8,395

 

 

33,934

 

 

42,329

 

 

 

3,065

 

 

19,287

 

 

22,352

 

Total net revenues

 

$

229,735

 

$

213,103

 

$

442,838

 

 

$

140,708

 

$

138,273

 

$

278,981

 

Business Combinations

The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Under this method of accounting, all assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values at the date of the completion of the transaction. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, intangibles and other asset lives, among other items. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (an exit price). Market participants are assumed to be buyers and sellers in the principal (most advantageous) market for the asset or liability. Additionally, fair value measurements for an asset assume the highest and best use of that asset by market participants. As a result, we may have been required to value the acquired assets at fair value measures that do not reflect its intended use of those assets. Use of different estimates and judgments could yield different results.

Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. If the fair value of net assets acquired exceeds the fair value of purchase price, a gain on bargain purchase is recognized in the statements of operations. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made are reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information that may be obtained from the management of the acquired company and are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to our consolidated statements of operations.

4.Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) – Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities (“ASU 2017-12”), which is intended to allow companies to better align risk management activities and financial reporting for hedging relationships through changes to both the designation and measurement guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and the presentation of hedge results by expanding and refining hedge accounting for both nonfinancial and financial risk components and aligning the recognition and presentation of the effects of the hedging instrument and the hedged item in the financial statements. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is evaluating the accounting, transition and disclosure requirements of the standard and cannot currently estimate the financial statement impact of adoption. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning with its fiscal year 2020.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718) - Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”) which amends the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment arrangements and provides guidance on the types of changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards to which an entity would be required to apply modification accounting under ASC 718. Specifically, an entity would not apply modification accounting if the fair value, vesting conditions, and classification of the awards are the same immediately before and after the modification. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within that reporting period. Early


adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material effect on our financial statements. This guidance will be effective for the Company beginning with its fiscal year 2019.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, which provides guidance for the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial assets and liabilities.  The Company is currently assessing the impact that adopting this new accounting standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and footnote disclosures. This guidance will become effective for the Company beginning with its fiscal year 2019.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 (Topic 842), Leases (“ASU 2016-02”) which requires the identification of arrangements that should be accounted for as leases by lessees. In general, for lease arrangements exceeding a twelve-month term, these arrangements must now be recognized as assets and liabilities on the balance sheet of the lessee. Under ASU 2016-02, a right-of-use asset and lease obligation will be recorded for all leases, whether operating or financing, while the statement of operations will reflect lease expense for operating leases and amortization/interest expense for financing leases. The balance sheet amount recorded for existing leases at the date of adoption of ASU 2016-02 must be calculated using the applicable incremental borrowing rate at the date of adoption. In addition, ASU 2016-02 requires the use of the modified retrospective method, which will require adjustment to all comparative periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. The Company is currently assessing the impact that adopting this new accounting standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and footnote disclosures. This guidance will become effective for the Company beginning with its fiscal year 2020.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014,December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income taxes – Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740), which reduces the complexity of accounting for income taxes including the removal of certain exceptions to the general principles of ASC 740, Income Taxes, and simplification in several other areas such as accounting for franchise tax (or similar tax) that is partially based on income. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within the fiscal year. The standard was adopted on July 1, 2021 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements upon adoption.


3.

Revenues

The Company accounts for revenues in accordance with ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts from Customers (Topic 606), which the Company adopted on July 1, 2017.  The Company derives the majority of its revenues from sales of its networking equipment, with Customers (the remaining revenues generated from sales of services and subscriptions, which primarily includes maintenance contracts and software subscriptions delivered as software as a service (“SaaS”) and additional revenues from professional services, and training for its products. The Company sells its products, maintenance contracts and SaaS direct to customers and to partners in 2 distribution channels, or tiers. The first tier consists of a limited number of independent distributors that stock its products and sell primarily to resellers.  The second tier of the distribution channel consists of non-stocking distributors and value-added resellers that sell directly to end-users.  Products and services may be sold separately or in bundled packages.    

Revenue Recognition

Performance Obligations. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of account in Topic 606),606. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to clarifyeach distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the principlesperformance obligation is satisfied. Certain of recognizing revenue and create common revenue recognition guidance between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. Under ASU 2014-09, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promisedthe Company’s contracts have multiple performance obligations, as the promise to transfer individual goods or services is separately identifiable from other promises in the contracts and, therefore, is distinct.  For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. The stand-alone selling prices are determined based on the prices at which the Company separately sells these products. For items that are not sold separately, the Company estimates the stand-alone selling prices using other observable inputs.  

The Company’s performance obligations are satisfied at a point in time or over time as the customer receives and consumes the benefits provided. Substantially all of the Company’s product sales revenues are recognized at a point in time. Substantially all of the Company’s service, subscription, and SaaS revenues are recognized over time. For revenues recognized over time, the Company uses an input measure, days elapsed, to measure progress.  

On September 30, 2021, the Company had $356.0 million of remaining performance obligations, which are primarily comprised of deferred maintenance and SaaS revenues.  The Company expects to recognize approximately 52 percent of its deferred revenue as revenue in fiscal 2022, an additional 25 percent in fiscal 2023 and 23 percent of the balance thereafter.

Contract Balances. The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in billed accounts receivable and deferred revenue in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Services provided under renewable support arrangements of the Company are billed in accordance with agreed-upon contractual terms, which are either billed fully at the inception of contract or at periodic intervals (e.g., quarterly or annually).  The Company sometimes receives payments from its customers in advance of services being provided, resulting in deferred revenues.  These liabilities are reported on the condensed consolidated balance sheets on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of each reporting period.

Revenue recognized for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of each period was $73.4 million and $66.9 million, respectively.

Contract Costs. The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.  Management expects that commission fees paid to sales representatives as a result of obtaining service contracts and contract renewals are recoverable and therefore the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets included capitalized balances in the amount that reflectsof $13.5 million and $13.1 million at September 30, 2021 and June 30, 2021, respectively. Capitalized commission fees are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average period of service contracts of approximately three years, and are included in “Sales and marketing” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. Amortization recognized during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, was $1.8 million and $1.2 million, respectively.  

Estimated Variable Consideration. There were no material changes in the current period to the estimated variable consideration expected to be receivedfor performance obligations, which were satisfied or partially satisfied during previous periods. 


Revenues by Category

The Company operates in three geographic regions: Americas, which includes the United States, Canada, Mexico, Central America and South America; EMEA, which includes Europe, Russia, Middle East and Africa; and APAC, which includes Asia Pacific, China, South Asia and Japan. The following table sets forth the Company’s revenues disaggregated by sales channel and geographic region based on the billing addresses of its customer’s (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

 

Distributor

 

Direct

 

Total

 

 

Distributor

 

Direct

 

Total

 

Americas:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

56,068

 

$

67,331

 

$

123,399

 

 

$

60,670

 

$

57,347

 

$

118,017

 

Other

 

 

7,799

 

 

3,367

 

 

11,166

 

 

 

8,241

 

 

4,090

 

 

12,331

 

Total Americas

 

 

63,867

 

 

70,698

 

 

134,565

 

 

 

68,911

 

 

61,437

 

 

130,348

 

EMEA

 

 

77,898

 

 

35,731

 

 

113,629

 

 

 

47,529

 

 

33,576

 

 

81,105

 

APAC

 

 

4,335

 

 

15,155

 

 

19,490

 

 

 

5,051

 

 

19,298

 

 

24,349

 

Total net revenues

 

$

146,100

 

$

121,584

 

$

267,684

 

 

$

121,491

 

$

114,311

 

$

235,802

 

For the three months ended September 30, 2021 the Company generated 11% of its revenues from the Netherlands and 10% of its revenues from the Germany. No other foreign country accounted for 10% or more of revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 or 2020.

Customer Concentrations

The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral in exchange for such goodscredit.

The following table sets forth customers accounting for 10% or services.  In addition, ASU 2014-09 requires disclosuremore of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.Company’s net revenues for the periods indicated below:

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Tech Data Corporation

 

22%

 

 

27%

 

Jenne Corporation

 

14%

 

 

15%

 

Westcon Group Inc.

 

18%

 

 

13%

 

The following table sets forth customers accounting for 10% or more of the Company’s accounts receivable balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

June 30,

2021

 

Tech Data Corporation

 

17%

 

 

19%

 

Jenne Corporation

 

22%

 

 

24%

 

4.

Business Combination

Fiscal 2022 Acquisition

Ipanema Acquisition

On September 14, 2021 (the “Acquisition Date”), the Company adopted Topic 606completed its acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of Ipanematech SAS (“Ipanema”), the cloud-native enterprise Software-Defined Wide Area Network (“SD-WAN”) business unit of Infovista pursuant to a Sale and Purchase Agreement (“the Agreement”).  Under the terms of the Acquisition, the net consideration paid by Extreme to Ipanema stockholders was $70.9 million which was funded from existing cash on July 1, 2017,hand. The primary reason for the acquisition was to acquire the talent and the technology which will allow us to expand our portfolio with new cloud-managed SD-WAN and security offerings to support our enterprise customers. 

The Acquisition has been accounted for using the full retrospective method. This adoptionacquisition method of accounting whereby the acquired assets and liabilities of Ipanema have been recorded at their respective fair values and added to those of the Company including an amount for goodwill


calculated as the difference between the acquisition consideration and the fair value of the identifiable net assets. The purchase price has been preliminarily allocated to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The final purchase price allocation is pending the finalization of valuations primarily affected the Company’s accounting for distributorintangible assets and resellers revenues from a primarily “sell-through” model, wheredeferred revenue, is recognized upon the sale from the distribution channelwhich may result in an adjustment to the end customer, to the “sell-in” method where revenue is recognized upon transferpreliminary purchase price allocation.

The estimated fair values were determined through established and generally accepted valuation techniques, including work performed by third-party valuation specialists. The fair value of control to its customers, including distributors. Under the sell-in method, the Company is required to make estimates at the time of shipment to its distributors of variable consideration as well as estimated returns under stock rotation rights granted to the distributors.  Additionally, the Company capitalizes contract acquisition costsworking capital related items, such as commissions paid for maintenance services contracts in excess of one year.  Following the adoption of ASU 2014-09, the revenue recognition for the Company’saccounts receivable, other sales arrangements remained materially consistent with our historical practice.

Upon adoption of Topic 606, we applied the standard’s practical expedients that allows a) an entity to use the transaction pricecurrent assets and accrued liabilities, approximated their book values at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the contractacquired deferred revenue was completed rather than estimating variable consideration amountsestimated using the cost build-up approach. The cost build-up approach determines fair value using estimates of the costs required to provide the contracted deliverables plus an assumed profit. The total costs including the assumed profit were adjusted to present value using a discount rate considered appropriate. The resulting fair value approximates the amount that the Company would be required to pay to a third party to assume the obligation. Valuations of the intangible assets were valued using income approaches based on management projections, which the Company considers to be Level 3 inputs. The Company also continues to analyze the tax implications of the acquisition of the intangible assets which may ultimately impact the overall level of goodwill associated with the acquisition. Results of operations of Ipanema have been included in the comparative reporting periods, b) that permits the omissionoperations of prior-period information about our performance obligations, and c) that allows the Company beginning with the Acquisition Date.

The preliminary purchase price allocation is set forth in the table below and reflects estimated fair values (in thousands):

 

Preliminary Allocation as of

September 14, 2021

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

1,364

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

1,440

 

Inventories

 

337

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

1,841

 

Property and equipment

 

46

 

Other assets

 

21

 

Accounts payable

 

(1,220

)

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

(2,304

)

Accrued warranty

 

(41

)

Other accrued liabilities

 

(71

)

Deferred revenue

 

(2,758

)

Other liabilities

 

(723

)

Net tangible liabilities

 

(2,068

)

 

 

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

16,300

 

Goodwill

 

56,649

 

Total intangible assets acquired

 

72,949

 

 

 

 

 

Total net assets acquired

$

70,881

 

The following table presents details of the identifiable intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition (in thousands):

Intangible Assets

 

Weighted Average Estimated Useful Life

(in years)

 

 

Amount

 

Developed technologies

 

 

6

 

 

$

14,500

 

Customer relationships

 

 

4

 

 

 

1,800

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

$

16,300

 

The amortization for the developed technologies is recorded in “Cost of revenues” for product and the amortization for the remaining intangibles is recorded in “Amortization of intangibles” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. The goodwill recognized is attributable primarily to reflectexpected synergies and the aggregate effectassembled workforce of all modifications that occur beforeIpanema. The Company will not be entitled to amortization of the goodwill and intangible assets for tax purposes as this acquisition is a nontaxable stock acquisition.

The results of operations of Ipanema are included in the accompanying condensed consolidated results of operations beginning September 15, 2021.  The overall results of Operations of Ipanema were not material to the condensed consolidated financial statements of Extreme.


In the quarter ended September 30, 2021, the Company incurred acquisition and integration related expenses of $1.5 million associated with the acquisition of Ipanema. Acquisition and integration costs consist primarily of professional fees for financial and legal advisory services. Such acquisition-related costs were expensed as incurred and are included in “Acquisition and integration costs” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.

Pro forma financial information

The following unaudited pro forma results of operations are presented as though the Acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented, when identifyingJuly 1, 2020, the satisfiedbeginning of fiscal 2021, after giving effect to purchase accounting adjustments relating to deferred revenue, depreciation and unsatisfied performance obligations, determining the transaction priceamortization of intangibles and allocating the transaction price to the satisfiedacquisition and unsatisfied performance obligations.  integration costs.

See the tables at the endThe pro forma results of this note for the effectsoperations are not necessarily indicative of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on our condensed consolidated financial statementscombined results that would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of June 30, 2017, andthe beginning of fiscal 2021, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results. The unaudited pro forma results do not include the impact of synergies, nor any potential impacts on current or future market conditions which could alter the unaudited pro forma results.

The unaudited pro forma financial information for the three and six months ended December 31, 2016.  See Note 3. “SummarySeptember 30, 2020 combines the historical results for Extreme for such periods assuming the transaction closed on July 1, 2020, which include the results of Significant Accounting Policies”Ipanema subsequent to our condensed consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the effects ofAcquisition Date, and Ipanema’s historical results up to the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on our significant accounting policies.


Adjustments to Previously Reported Financial Statements from the Adoption of Accounting PronouncementsAcquisition Date.

The following table presentssummarizes the effect of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on our condensed consolidated balance sheet (unaudited) as of June 30, 2017, (in thousands):

 

As of June 30, 2017

 

 

As Reported

 

 

Adjustment

 

 

As Adjusted

 

Accounts receivable, net

$

120,770

 

 

$

(27,655

)

 

$

93,115

 

Inventories

 

45,880

 

 

 

1,530

 

 

 

47,410

 

   Total current assets

 

324,967

 

 

 

(26,125

)

 

 

298,842

 

Other assets

 

22,586

 

 

 

2,479

 

 

 

25,065

 

   Total assets

 

483,346

 

 

 

(23,646

)

 

 

459,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued warranty

 

10,007

 

 

 

577

 

 

 

10,584

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

36,713

 

 

 

331

 

 

 

37,044

 

Deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors

 

43,525

 

 

 

(43,525

)

 

 

 

   Total current liabilities

 

255,822

 

 

 

(42,617

)

 

 

213,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(800,257

)

 

 

18,971

 

 

 

(781,286

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

106,707

 

 

 

18,971

 

 

 

125,678

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

483,346

 

 

$

(23,646

)

 

$

459,700

 

The following tables present the effect of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on our condensed consolidated statements of operations (unaudited) for the three and six months ended December 31, 2016unaudited pro forma financial information (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

Three Months Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

As Reported

 

 

Adjustment

 

 

As Adjusted

 

Net revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Product

$

109,789

 

 

$

8,266

 

 

$

118,055

 

   Service

 

38,322

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,322

 

        Total net revenues

 

148,111

 

 

 

8,266

 

 

 

156,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Product

 

58,659

 

 

 

3,968

 

 

 

62,627

 

   Service

 

14,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,098

 

        Total cost of revenues

 

72,757

 

 

 

3,968

 

 

 

76,725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Product

 

51,130

 

 

 

4,298

 

 

 

55,428

 

   Service

 

24,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,224

 

        Total Gross profit

 

75,354

 

 

 

4,298

 

 

 

79,652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses

 

41,109

 

 

 

(84

)

 

 

41,025

 

Operating loss

 

(7,362

)

 

 

4,382

 

 

 

(2,980

)

Net loss before tax

 

(7,432

)

 

 

4,382

 

 

 

(3,050

)

Net loss

$

(8,611

)

 

$

4,382

 

 

$

(4,229

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share - basic

$

(0.08

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.04

)

Net loss per share - diluted

$

(0.08

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.04

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares used in per share calculation - basic

 

107,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

107,425

 

Shares used in per share calculation - diluted

 

107,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

107,425

 


 

 

Three months ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Net revenues

 

$

270,051

 

 

$

237,494

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

12,815

 

 

$

(14,298

)

Net income (loss) per share - basic

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

(0.12

)

Net income (loss) per share - diluted

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

(0.12

)

Shares used in per share calculation - basic

 

 

128,324

 

 

 

121,705

 

Shares used in per share calculation - diluted

 

 

133,225

 

 

 

121,705

 

 

 

Six Months Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

As Reported

 

 

Adjustment

 

 

As Adjusted

 

Net revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Product

$

199,920

 

 

$

8,228

 

 

$

208,148

 

   Service

 

70,833

 

 

 

 

 

 

70,833

 

        Total net revenues

 

270,753

 

 

 

8,228

 

 

 

278,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Product

 

103,586

 

 

 

3,290

 

 

 

106,876

 

   Service

 

26,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,567

 

        Total cost of revenues

 

130,153

 

 

 

3,290

 

 

 

133,443

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Product

 

96,334

 

 

 

4,938

 

 

 

101,272

 

   Service

 

44,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,266

 

        Total Gross profit

 

140,600

 

 

 

4,938

 

 

 

145,538

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses

 

78,065

 

 

 

(181

)

 

 

77,884

 

Operating loss

 

(12,121

)

 

 

5,119

 

 

 

(7,002

)

Net loss before tax

 

(13,004

)

 

 

5,119

 

 

 

(7,885

)

Net loss

$

(15,090

)

 

$

5,119

 

 

$

(9,971

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share - basic

$

(0.14

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.09

)

Net loss per share - diluted

$

(0.14

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.09

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares used in per share calculation - basic

 

106,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

106,690

 

Shares used in per share calculation - diluted

 

106,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

106,690

 

The following tables present the effect of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on our condensed consolidated statement of cash flows (unaudited) for the six months ended December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

 

Six Months Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

As Reported

 

 

Adjustment

 

 

As Adjusted

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

$

(15,090

)

 

$

5,119

 

 

$

(9,971

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      Accounts receivable

 

(18,737

)

 

 

10,981

 

 

 

(7,756

)

      Inventories

 

6,004

 

 

 

(1,691

)

 

 

4,313

 

      Prepaid and other assets

 

7,004

 

 

 

(181

)

 

 

6,823

 

      Deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors

 

14,516

 

 

 

(14,516

)

 

 

 

      Other current and long term liabilities

 

7,587

 

 

 

288

 

 

 

7,875

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

19,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,288

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

(55,750

)

 

 

 

 

 

(55,750

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

46,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,241

 

Foreign currency effect on cash

 

(115

)

 

 

 

 

 

(115

)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

$

9,664

 

 

$

 

 

$

9,664

 


5.

Balance Sheet Accounts

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities

The following is a summary of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

June 30,

2017

 

Cash

 

$

122,608

 

 

$

126,159

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

4,500

 

 

 

4,291

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

 

127,108

 

 

 

130,450

 

Marketable securities (consisting of available-for-sale securities)

 

 

1,104

 

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

$

128,212

 

 

$

130,450

 

The Company considers highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Marketable securities are recorded in “Prepaid expense and other current assets” in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as these original maturities are greater than three months, but less than one year at the balance sheet date. Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Inventories

The Company values its inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company has establishedadjusts the carrying value of its inventory allowances primarily determined by the demand of inventory or when conditions exist that suggest that inventory may be in excess of anticipated demand or is obsolete based upon assumptions about future demand. At the point of the loss recognition, a new, lower-cost basis for that inventory is established, and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis. Any previously written down or obsolete inventory subsequently sold has not had a material impact on gross margin for any of the periods disclosed.presented.

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

June 30,

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As Adjusted)

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

June 30,

2021

 

Finished goods

 

$

67,244

 

 

$

46,620

 

 

$

26,398

 

 

$

27,901

 

Raw materials

 

 

16,133

 

 

 

790

 

 

 

6,041

 

 

 

4,984

 

Total Inventories

 

$

83,377

 

 

$

47,410

 

 

$

32,439

 

 

$

32,885

 


 

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

June 30,

2017

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

June 30,

2021

 

Computers and equipment

 

$

63,539

 

 

$

34,716

 

 

$

74,943

 

 

$

75,866

 

Purchased software

 

 

16,329

 

 

 

11,785

 

 

 

41,421

 

 

 

40,037

 

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures

 

 

17,272

 

 

 

10,852

 

 

 

10,219

 

 

 

10,201

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

29,319

 

 

 

23,046

 

 

 

53,130

 

 

 

53,329

 

Total property and equipment

 

 

126,459

 

 

 

80,399

 

 

 

179,713

 

 

 

179,433

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(57,894

)

 

 

(50,159

)

 

 

(126,835

)

 

 

(124,429

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

68,565

 

 

$

30,240

 

 

$

52,878

 

 

$

55,004

 

 


Intangibles

The following tables summarize the components of gross and net intangible asset balances (dollars in thousands)

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining Amortization

 

Gross Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Net Carrying

 

 

 

Period

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Developed technology

 

4.5 years

 

$

116,000

 

 

$

48,334

 

 

$

67,666

 

Customer relationships

 

3.9 years

 

 

51,410

 

 

 

38,674

 

 

 

12,736

 

Maintenance contracts

 

0.8 years

 

 

17,000

 

 

 

14,166

 

 

 

2,834

 

Trademarks

 

3.9 years

 

 

9,100

 

 

 

3,411

 

 

 

5,689

 

Backlogs

 

— years

 

 

1,800

 

 

 

1,800

 

 

 

 

License agreements

 

6.1 years

 

 

2,445

 

 

 

1,255

 

 

 

1,190

 

Other intangibles

 

2.2 years

 

 

1,382

 

 

 

1,072

 

 

 

310

 

Total intangibles, net with finite lives

 

 

 

 

199,137

 

 

 

108,712

 

 

 

90,425

 

In-process research and development, with indefinite life

 

 

 

 

2,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,500

 

Total intangibles, net

 

 

 

$

201,637

 

 

$

108,712

 

 

$

92,925

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining Amortization

 

Gross Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Net Carrying

 

 

 

Period

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

June 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Developed technology

 

5.3 years

 

$

55,400

 

 

$

42,689

 

 

$

12,711

 

Customer relationships

 

3.3 years

 

 

40,300

 

 

 

37,567

 

 

 

2,733

 

Maintenance contracts

 

1.3 years

 

 

17,000

 

 

 

12,467

 

 

 

4,533

 

Trademarks

 

4.3 years

 

 

5,100

 

 

 

2,846

 

 

 

2,254

 

License agreements

 

6.4 years

 

 

2,445

 

 

 

1,120

 

 

 

1,325

 

Other intangibles

 

2.7 years

 

 

1,382

 

 

 

1,001

 

 

 

381

 

Total intangibles, net with finite lives

 

 

 

 

121,627

 

 

 

97,690

 

 

 

23,937

 

In-process research and development, with indefinite life

 

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,400

 

Total intangibles, net

 

 

 

$

123,027

 

 

$

97,690

 

 

$

25,337

 

During the six months ended December 31, 2017, in-process research and development of $1.4 million was reclassified to developed technology upon completion of the project and is being amortized over its estimated useful life.

The amortization expense of intangibles for the periods presented is summarized below (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

Amortization in “Cost of revenues: Product”

 

$

3,866

 

 

$

1,720

 

 

$

6,663

 

 

$

5,276

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

2,746

 

 

 

2,175

 

 

 

4,360

 

 

 

6,317

 

Total amortization

 

$

6,612

 

 

$

3,895

 

 

$

11,023

 

 

$

11,593

 

The amortization expense that is recognized in “Cost of revenues: Product” is comprised of amortization for developed technology, license agreements and other intangibles.

Goodwill

The following table summarizes goodwill for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

Balance as of June 30, 2017

 

$

80,216

 

Additions due to acquisitions

 

 

50,772

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

130,988

 


During the six months ended December 31, 2017, the Company completed acquisitions of the Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business, resulting in an additional goodwill of $34.0 million and $16.8 million, respectively.  See Note 2 for additional information related to the acquisitions.

Deferred Revenue

The Company offersDeferred revenue represents amounts for sale to its customers, renewabledeferred maintenance, support, arrangements that range from one to five years as well asSaaS, and other deferred revenue forincluding professional services and training services.

Debt

The Company’s debt is comprised ofwhen the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

June 30,

2017

 

Current portion of long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term Loan

 

$

22,964

 

 

$

12,444

 

Less: unamortized debt issuance costs

 

 

(538

)

 

 

(164

)

Current portion of long-term debt

 

$

22,426

 

 

$

12,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term Loan

 

$

152,062

 

 

$

71,268

 

Revolver

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

10,000

 

Less: unamortized debt issuance costs

 

 

(1,350

)

 

 

(846

)

Total long-term debt, less current portion

 

 

160,712

 

 

 

80,422

 

Total debt

 

$

183,138

 

 

$

92,702

 

In connection with the closing of Campus Fabric Business discussed in Note 2, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Second Amendment”), which amended the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2016 (the “Credit Facility, as amended”), by and among the Company, as borrower, Silicon Valley Bank, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and lenders. Among other things, the Second Amendment (i) increased the amount of the available borrowing under the Credit Facility from $140.5 million to $243.7 million, composed of (a) the five-year term loan (“Term Loan”) in a principal amount of up to $183.7 million and (b) the five-year revolving credit facility (“Revolver”) in a principal amount of up to $60.0 million, (ii) extends the maturity date under the existing Term Loan and the termination date under the existing Revolver, (iii) provides for an uncommitted additional incremental loan facility in the principal amount of up to $50.0 million (“Incremental Facility”), and (iv) joins certain additional banks, financial institutions and institutional lenders as lenders pursuant to the terms of the Credit Facility, as amended.  On July 14, 2017, the Company borrowed $80.0 million under the Term Loan which was used to fund the purchase of Campus Fabric Business.

In connection with the closing of the acquisition of the Data Center Business discussed in Note 2, the Company entered into the Third Amendment to the Credit Facility (the “Third Amendment”) on October 26, 2017. Among other things, the Third Amendment (i) amends the negative covenant governing dispositions to increase the general dispositions basket for the fiscal year of the Company ending June 30, 2018, and (ii) amends certain definitions and provisions to update certain references to the Brocade Purchase Agreement (as defined above). On the Brocade Closing Date, the Company borrowed $20.0 million on the Term Loan to partially fund the acquisition of the Data Center Business.

Borrowings under the Term Loan bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to either the LIBOR rate (subject to a 0.0% LIBOR floor), plus an applicable margin (currently 3.25% per annum based on a stated consolidated leverage ratio) or the adjusted base rate, plus an applicable margin (currently 1.25% per annum based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio).  Borrowings under the Revolver bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate equal to either the LIBOR rate (subject to a 0.0% LIBOR floor), plus an applicable margin (currently 3.25% per annum based on a stated consolidated leverage ratio) or the adjusted base rate, plus an applicable margin (currently 1.25% per annum based on a stated consolidated leverage ratio).  The Revolver has a commitment fee payable on the undrawn amount ranging from 0.375% to 0.50% per annum based upon a stated consolidated leverage ratio.

The Company had $1.2 million of outstanding letters of credit and $48.8 million of availability under the Revolver as of December 31, 2017.revenue recognition criteria have not been met.   

Guarantees and Product Warranties

Networking products may contain undetectedThe majority of the Company’s hardware or software errors when new products or new versions or updates of existing products are released to the marketplace. The Company’s standard hardwareshipped with either a one-year warranty period is typically 12 months from the


date of shipment to end-users and 90 days for software. For certain access products, the Company offersor a limited lifetime hardware warranty, commencing on the date of shipment from the Company and ending five (5) years following the Company’s announcement of the end of sale of such product.software products receive a 90-day warranty. Upon shipment of products to its customers, the Company estimates expenses for the cost to repair or replace products that may be returned under warranty and accrueaccrues a liability in cost of product revenuerevenues for this amount. The determination of the Company’s warranty requirements is based on actual historical experience with the product or product family, estimates of repair and replacement costs and any product warranty problems that are identified after shipment.  The Company estimates and adjusts these accruals at each balance sheet date in accordance with changes in these factors.

Upon issuance of a standard product warranty, the Company discloses and recognizes a liability for the obligations it assumes under the product warranty. The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s product warranty liability during the three and six months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 and 20162020 (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Balance beginning of period

 

$

13,499

 

 

$

9,017

 

 

$

10,584

 

 

$

9,998

 

 

$

11,623

 

 

$

14,035

 

Warranties assumed due to acquisition

 

 

526

 

 

 

2,034

 

 

 

3,682

 

 

 

2,034

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

New warranties issued

 

 

1,657

 

 

 

1,176

 

 

 

3,929

 

 

 

2,104

 

 

 

2,710

 

 

 

3,079

 

Warranty expenditures

 

 

(2,672

)

 

 

(1,437

)

 

 

(5,185

)

 

 

(3,346

)

 

 

(3,594

)

 

 

(3,630

)

Balance end of period

 

$

13,010

 

 

$

10,790

 

 

$

13,010

 

 

$

10,790

 

 

$

10,780

 

 

$

13,484

 

To facilitate sales of its products in the normal course of business, the Company indemnifies its resellers and end-user customers with respect to certain matters. The Company has agreed to hold the customer harmless against losses arising from a breach offor intellectual property infringement or other.and certain other losses. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim.  It is not possible to estimate the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by the Company under these agreements have not had a material impact on its operating results or financial position.

Other long-term liabilities

The following is a summary of long-term liabilities (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

June 30,

2017

 

Acquisition related deferred payments, less current portion

 

$

15,037

 

 

$

 

Acquisition-related contingent consideration obligations, less current portion

 

 

36,130

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

13,180

 

 

 

8,526

 

Total other accrued liabilities

 

$

64,347

 

 

$

8,526

 

Advertising

All advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  Advertising expenses for three and six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, were immaterial.

Concentrations

The Company may be subject to concentration of credit risk as a result of certain financial instruments consisting of accounts receivable and marketable securities.receivable. The Company does not invest an amount exceeding 10% of its combined cash or cash equivalents in the securities of any one obligor or maker, except for obligations of the United States government, obligations of United States government agencies and money market accounts.

The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral in exchange for credit.


The following table sets forth major customers accounting for 10% or more of our net revenue:

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

Westcon Group Inc.

 

14%

 

 

12%

 

 

15%

 

 

12%

 

Tech Data Corporation

 

12%

 

 

15%

 

 

12%

 

 

16%

 

Jenne Corporation

 

*

 

 

13%

 

 

10%

 

 

14%

 

Avnet

 

*

 

 

*

 

 

*

 

 

10%

 

*Less than 10% of net revenue

The following customers account for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable outstanding as of December 31, 2017, Westcon Group 24%, Tech Data 21% and Avnet 11%.

6.

Fair Value Measurements

A three-tier fair value hierarchy is utilized to prioritize the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1 Inputs - unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 1 Inputs - unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;


Level 2 Inputs - quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and

Level 2 Inputs - quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and

Level 3 Inputs - unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions in measuring the asset or liability at fair value.

Level 3 Inputs - unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions in measuring the asset or liability at fair value.

The following table presents the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at September 30, 2021 and June 30, 2021 (in thousands):.

 

December 31, 2017

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

4,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,500

 

Marketable securities

 

 

1,104

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,104

 

Total assets measured at fair value

 

$

5,604

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,604

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related contingent consideration obligations

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

47,030

 

 

$

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

47,030

 

 

$

 

September 30, 2021

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency derivatives

 

$

 

 

$

740

 

 

$

 

 

$

740

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

937

 

 

 

 

 

 

937

 

Acquisition-related contingent consideration obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

358

 

 

 

358

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

 

$

 

 

$

1,677

 

 

$

358

 

 

$

2,035

 

 

June 30, 2017

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

4,291

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,291

 

Investment in non-marketable equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

3,000

 

Total assets measured at fair value

 

$

4,291

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,000

 

 

$

7,291

 

June 30, 2021

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency derivatives

 

$

 

 

$

560

 

 

$

 

 

$

560

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

1,133

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,133

 

Acquisition-related contingent consideration obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

913

 

 

 

913

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

 

$

 

 

$

1,693

 

 

$

913

 

 

$

2,606

 

Level 1 investmentsAssets and Liabilities:  

During the first quarterThe Company’s financial instruments consist of fiscal 2018, pursuantcash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities. The Company states accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities at their carrying value, which approximates fair value due to the sale of an investment in non-marketable equity securities,short time to the Company received 41,685 shares of a company publicly traded on the London Stock Exchange.  As of December 31, 2017, the shares received have aexpected receipt or payment.

Level 2 Assets and Liabilities:  

The fair value of derivative instruments under the Company’s foreign exchange forward contracts and interest rate swaps are estimated based on valuations provided by alternative pricing sources supported by observable inputs which is considered Level 2.

As of September 30, 2021 and June 30, 2021, the Company had foreign exchange forward contracts that were not designated as hedging instruments with notional principal amount of $22.6 million and $23.0 million, respectively. These contracts have maturities of 40 days or less. Changes in the fair value of these foreign exchange forward contracts are included in other income (expense), net in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. For the three months ended September 30, 2021, there were net losses of $0.2 million. For the three months ended September 30, 2020, there were gains of less than $0.1 million. As of September 30, 2021 and June 30, 2021, the Company had foreign exchange forward contracts that were designated as hedging instruments with notional principal amount of $11.3 million and $21.8 million, respectively. These contracts have maturities of less than twelve months. Gains and losses arising from these contracts designated as hedging instruments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). As of September 30, 2021 and June 30, 2021, these contracts had unrealized losses of $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. See Note 13, Derivatives and Hedging, for additional information.

The fair values of the interest rate swaps are based upon inputs corroborated by observable market data which is considered Level 2. As of September 30, 2021 and as of June 30, 2021, the Company had interest rate swap contracts, designated as cash flow hedges, with the total notional amount of $200.0 million. Changes in fair value of these contracts are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. As of September 30, 2021and as of June 30, 2021, these contracts had an unrealized loss of $0.9 million and $1.1 million. (See below, Level 3 investments)million, respectively. See Note 13, Derivatives and Hedging, for additional information.


Level 2 investments:    

The Company includes U.S. government and sovereign obligations, most government agency securities, investment-grade corporate bonds, and state, municipal and provincial obligations for which quoted prices are available as Level 2. There were no transfers of assets or liabilities between Level 1 and Level 2 for the periods presented.

The fair value of the borrowings under the 2019 Credit Facility, as amendedAgreement (as discussed in Note 8) is estimated based on valuations provided by alternative pricing sources supported by observable inputs which is considered Level 2.  Due toSince the short duration until maturity ofinterest rate is variable for the credit facility,2019 Credit Agreement, the fair value approximates the face amount of the Company’s indebtedness of $185.0$330.0 million and $93.7$346.7 million as of December 31, 2017September 30, 2021, and June 30, 2017,2021, respectively. Such amounts are immaterial for all periods presented.

Level 3 investments:Assets and Liabilities: 

Certain of the Company’s assets, including intangible assets and goodwill are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis if impairment is indicated.

As ofAt September 30, 2021 and June 30, 2017,2021, the Company reflected its non-marketable equity investment as Level 3 in theone liability measured at fair value hierarchy as it is based on unobservable inputs that market participants would use in pricing this asset due to the absence of recent comparable market transactions and inherent lack of liquidity.  During fiscal 2015, the Company purchased a $3.0 million equity interest in a company that operated in the enterprise software platform industry.  The Company did not enter into any other transactions with the investee during fiscal 2017 or the first quarter of fiscal 2018.   During the three months ended September 30, 2017, the investee was acquired by a third party.  The Company received $6.8 million as consideration for its equity interest in the investee, including $5.4 million in cash and 65,937 shares the third party’s common stock with a market value of $1.4 million. During the first quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company received $5.8 million of the consideration, consisting of $4.9 million in cash and 41,685 shares with a market value of $0.9 million. The remainder of the consideration consisting of $0.5$0.4 million and $0.5$0.9 million, of cash and shares, respectively, will remain in escrow for a period of 18 months from the date of sales for general representations and warranties. A gain of $3.8 million related to this sale was recorded in “Other income (expense), net” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2017. The 41,685 shares received and held as of December 31, 2017 were considered Level 1 investments as these have quoted prices in active markets.

During the quarter ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded a liability for contingent consideration related to its acquisitions of the Data Center Business and the CF Business (see Note 2 for additional information related to the acquisitions).a certain acquisition completed in fiscal 2018. The fair value measurement of the contingent consideration obligationsobligation is determined using Level 3 inputs. The fair value of contingent consideration obligations is based on a discounted cash flow model. These fair value measurements represent Level 3 measurements as they are based on significant inputs not observable in the market. Significant judgment is employed in determining the appropriateness of these assumptions as of the acquisition date and for each subsequent period. Accordingly, changes in assumptions could have a material impact on the amount of contingent consideration expense the Company records in any given period. Changes in the value of the contingent consideration obligations would beis recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.

The change in the acquisition-related contingent consideration obligations is as follows (in thousands):

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Beginning balance

 

$

 

 

 

913

 

 

 

2,167

 

Initial fair value measurements

 

 

47,030

 

Change in fair value

 

 

 

Payments

 

 

(559

)

 

 

(603

)

Accretion on discount

 

 

4

 

 

 

12

 

Ending balance

 

$

47,030

 

 

$

358

 

 

$

1,576

 

There were no0 transfers of assets or liabilities between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 during the first sixthree months of fiscal year 2018 or 2017.ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. There were no0 impairments recorded for the first sixthree months of fiscal 2018 or 2017.


7.Share-based Compensation

Shares reserved for issuanceended September 30, 2021 and 2020.

The Company had reserved for issuancedetermines the basis of the cost of a security sold or the amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings using the specific identification method. 

7.

Intangible Assets

The following tables summarize the components of gross and net intangible asset balances (dollars in thousands):

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining Amortization

 

Gross Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Net Carrying

 

 

 

Period

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Developed technology

 

3.4 years

 

$

170,600

 

 

$

135,112

 

 

$

35,488

 

Customer relationships

 

4.6 years

 

 

64,839

 

 

 

55,074

 

 

 

9,765

 

Backlog

 

— years

 

 

400

 

 

 

400

 

 

 

 

Trade names

 

0.6 years

 

 

10,700

 

 

 

10,429

 

 

 

271

 

License agreements

 

5.2 years

 

 

2,445

 

 

 

2,071

 

 

 

374

 

Total intangibles, net

 

 

 

$

248,984

 

 

$

203,086

 

 

$

45,898

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining Amortization

 

Gross Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Net Carrying

 

 

 

Period

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

June 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Developed technology

 

1.8 years

 

$

156,100

 

 

$

129,861

 

 

$

26,239

 

Customer relationships

 

4.8 years

 

 

63,039

 

 

 

54,204

 

 

 

8,835

 

Backlog

 

— years

 

 

400

 

 

 

400

 

 

 

 

Trade names

 

0.7 years

 

 

10,700

 

 

 

10,128

 

 

 

572

 

License agreements

 

5.4 years

 

 

2,445

 

 

 

2,053

 

 

 

392

 

Total intangibles, net

 

 

 

$

232,684

 

 

$

196,646

 

 

$

36,038

 


The amortization expense of intangibles for the periods notedpresented is summarized below (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

June 30,

2017

 

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

6,517

 

 

 

7,785

 

Employee stock options and awards outstanding

 

 

10,900

 

 

 

9,726

 

2013 Equity Incentive Plan shares available for grant

 

 

12,242

 

 

 

7,629

 

Total shares reserved for issuance

 

 

29,659

 

 

 

25,140

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Amortization of intangibles in “Total cost of revenues”

 

$

5,286

 

 

$

6,699

 

Amortization of intangibles in "Operations"

 

 

1,154

 

 

 

1,792

 

Total amortization expense

 

$

6,440

 

 

$

8,491

 

Share-based compensationThe amortization expense that is recognized in “Total cost of revenues” is comprised of amortization for developed technology, license agreements and other intangibles.

8.

Debt

The Company’s debt is comprised of the condensed consolidated financial statements by line item caption is as followsfollowing (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

Cost of product revenue

 

$

134

 

 

$

122

 

 

$

226

 

 

$

190

 

Cost of service revenue

 

 

296

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

429

 

 

 

418

 

Research and development

 

 

1,829

 

 

 

906

 

 

 

2,880

 

 

 

1,968

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

2,699

 

 

 

1,180

 

 

 

4,342

 

 

 

2,321

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,067

 

 

 

987

 

 

 

3,951

 

 

 

1,959

 

Total share-based compensation expense

 

$

7,025

 

 

$

3,381

 

 

$

11,828

 

 

$

6,856

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

June 30,

2021

 

Current portion of long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term Loan

 

$

28,500

 

 

$

26,125

 

Less: unamortized debt issuance costs

 

 

(2,356

)

 

 

(2,404

)

Current portion of long-term debt

 

$

26,144

 

 

$

23,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term Loan

 

$

301,500

 

 

$

320,625

 

Less: unamortized debt issuance costs

 

 

(4,121

)

 

 

(4,760

)

Total long-term debt, less current portion

 

 

297,379

 

 

 

315,865

 

Total debt

 

$

323,523

 

 

$

339,586

 

DuringIn connection with the six months ended December 31, 2017 or 2016,acquisition of Aerohive Networks, Inc., on August 9, 2019, the Company didentered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “2019 Credit Agreement”), by and among the Company, as borrower, several banks and other financial institutions as Lenders, BMO Harris Bank N.A., as an issuing lender and swingline lender, Silicon Valley Bank, as an Issuing Lender, and Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders.

The 2019 Credit Agreement provides for a five-year first lien term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $380 million and a five-year revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $75 million (the “2019 Revolving Facility”).  In addition, the Company may request incremental term loans and/or incremental revolving loan commitments in an aggregate amount not capitalize any share-based compensation expense in inventory, asto exceed the amounts were immaterial.sum of $100 million plus an unlimited amount that is subject to pro forma compliance with certain financial tests. On August 9, 2019, the Company used the additional proceeds from the term loantopartially fund the Acquisition and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Stock Awards

Stock awardsAt the Company’s election, the initial term loan under the 2019 Credit Agreement may be granted undermade as either base rate loans or Eurodollar loans. The applicable margin for base rate loans ranges from 0.25% to 2.50% per annum and the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”applicable margin for Eurodollar loans ranges from 1.25% to 3.50%, in each case based on Extreme’s consolidated leverage ratio. All Eurodollar loans are subject to a Base Rate of 0.00%. In addition, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee of between 0.25% and 0.40% quarterly (currently 0.30%) on terms approved by the Compensation Committeeunused portion of the Board of Directors. Stock awards generally provide for the issuance of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) including performance or market-based RSUs which vest over a fixed period of time or based upon the satisfaction of certain performance criteria.  The Company uses the straight-line method for expense attribution, and beginning with fiscal 2017, the Company does not estimate forfeitures, but accounts for them as incurred.

The following table summarizes stock award activity for the six months ended December 31, 2017 (in thousands, except grant date fair value):

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value

 

 

Aggregate Fair Market Value

 

Non-vested stock awards outstanding at June 30, 2017

 

 

6,664

 

 

$

4.66

 

 

$

61,440

 

Granted

 

 

3,726

 

 

 

11.13

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(1,871

)

 

 

3.78

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(160

)

 

 

5.17

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2017

 

 

8,359

 

 

$

7.73

 

 

$

104,653

 


The following table summarizes stock option activity for the six months ended December 31, 2017(in thousands, except per share and contractual term):

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share

 

 

Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value

 

Options outstanding at June 30, 2017

 

 

3,062

 

 

$

4.06

 

 

 

4.19

 

 

$

15,868

 

Exercised

 

 

(517

)

 

 

4.42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(4

)

 

 

4.31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2017

 

 

2,541

 

 

$

3.99

 

 

 

3.28

 

 

$

21,687

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2017

 

 

2,541

 

 

$

3.99

 

 

 

3.28

 

 

$

21,687

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2017

 

 

2,126

 

 

$

4.24

 

 

 

3.08

 

 

$

17,599

 

The fair value of each stock option grant under the 2013 Plan and 2005 Equity Incentive Plan is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model with the weighted average assumptions noted in the following table.  The Company uses the Monte-Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value and the derived service period of stock awards with market conditions, on the date of the grant.  The expected term of options granted is derived from historical data on employee exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior.  The risk-free rate is based upon the estimated life of the option and the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Expected volatility is2019 Revolving Facility, also based on the historical volatilityCompany’s consolidated leverage ratio. Principal installments are payable on the Company’s stock. 

The fair value of each RSUs grant with performance-based vesting criteria (“PSUs”) under the 2013 Plan is estimated on the date of grant using the Monte-Carlo simulation model to determine the fair valuenew term loan in varying percentages quarterly starting December 31, 2019 and the derived service period of stock awards with market conditions, on the date of the grant.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company approved the grant of 1,154,014 stock awards to its vice president level employees or above (“VPs”), including 560,344 stock awards to its Executive Officers, and 939,925 stock awards to its other employees.  Fifty percent (50%) of the stock awards granted to the VPs, except the chief executive officer, were in the form of PSUs, with grant date fair values of $10.90, and fifty percent (50%) of the stock awards granted were in the form of service-based RSUs.extent not previously paid, all outstanding balances are to be paid at maturity. The Company’s chief executive officer received sixty percent (60%) of his stock award grant in the form of PSUs, while forty percent (40%) of this award were in the form of RSUs, with a grant date fair value of $10.90.  The RSUs vest from the original grant date as to one-third (1/3) on the one year anniversary and one-twelfth (1/12) each quarter thereafter, subject to continued service to the Company.   No PSUs were granted during the second quarter of fiscal 2018.

For the PSUs referenced in the preceding paragraph, they will be considered earned once the Companys combined earnings per share equals or exceeds $0.32 for two consecutive quarters. (the FY18 Performance Threshold).  Once the FY18 Performance Threshold2019 Credit Agreement is satisfied the PSUs shall vest with respect to the number of RSUs granted on the same date that have vested as of the date the FY18 Performance Threshold is satisfied and thereafter shall vest on the same schedule as the RSUs, subject to continued service to the Company.  If the FY18 Performance Threshold is not metsecured by the third anniversary of the grant date the award is canceled.  In addition, the FY18 Performance Threshold shall be deemed satisfied upon the closing of a Change in Control (within the meaningsubstantially all of the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan) inassets.  

The 2019 Credit Agreement requires the eventCompany to maintain certain minimum financial ratios at the per share consideration received byend of each fiscal quarter. The 2019 Credit Agreement also includes covenants and restrictions that limit, among other things, the Company’s stockholders equalsability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens upon any of its property, merge, consolidate or exceeds $16.00 per share.

During the three months and six months ended December 31, 2017, nonesell all or substantially all of its assets. The 2019 Credit Agreement also includes customary events of default which may result in acceleration of the PSU grants referenced above achieved their FY18 Performance Threshold.payment of the outstanding balance.

DuringOn April 8, 2020, the Company entered into the first quarteramendment to the 2019 Credit Agreement (the “First Amendment”) to waive certain terms and financial covenants of fiscal 2017,the 2019 Credit Agreement through July 31, 2020. On May 8, 2020, the Company approvedentered into the grantsecond amendment to the 2019 Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”) which superseded the First Amendment and provided certain revised terms and financial covenants through March 31, 2021. Subsequent to March 31, 2021, the original terms and financial covenants under the 2019 Credit Agreement resumed in effect. The Second Amendment required the Company to maintain certain minimum cash requirement and certain financial metrics at the end of 1,505,120 stock awards to its VPs, including 680,000 stock awards to its Executive Officers, and 1,053,300 stock awards to other Company employees.  Fifty percent (50%)each fiscal quarter through March 31, 2021.


Under the terms of the Second Amendment, the Company was not permitted to exceed $55.0 million in its outstanding balance under the 2019 Revolving Facility, the applicable margin for Eurodollar rate was 4.5%, and the Company was restricted from pursuing certain activities such as incurring additional debt, stock awards grantedrepurchases, making acquisitions or declaring a dividend, until the Company was in compliance with the original covenants of the 2019 Credit Agreement.

On November 3, 2020, The Company and its lenders entered into the Third Amendment to the VPs were in2019 Credit Agreement (the “Third Amendment”), to increase the formsublimit for letters of PSUs, with grant date fair values ranging from $3.02credit to $3.09,$20.0 million. On December 8, 2020, the Company and fifty percent (50%its lenders entered into the fourth amendment to the 2019 Credit Agreement (the “Fourth Amendment”), to waive and amend certain terms and financial covenants within the 2019 Credit Agreement through March 31, 2021.

The Second Amendment provided for the Company to end the covenant Suspension Period early and revert to the covenants and interest rates per the original terms of the stock awards granted were in2019 Credit Agreement dated August 9, 2019 by filing a Suspension Period Early Termination Notice and Covenant Certificate demonstrating compliance. For the form of RSUs.   The RSUs vest from the original grant date as to one-third (1/3) on the one year anniversary and one-twelfth (1/12) each quarter thereafter, subject to continued service to the Company.  No PSUs were granted during the second quarter of fiscal 2017.

The PSUs were considered earned once the Company’s stock price equaled or exceeded $5.00 per share for 30 consecutive trading days after January 1, 2017 (the FY17 Performance Threshold).  Once the FY17 Performance Threshold goal was attainted the PSUs began to vest on the same schedule as the RSUs that were granted at the same time, subject to continued service to the Company.

During the quartertwelve-month period ended March 31, 2017, all of2021 the PSU grants referenced above achieved their FY17 Performance ThresholdCompany’s financial performance was in compliance with the original covenants defined in the 2019 Credit Agreement and as such began vestingthe Company filed a Suspension Early Termination Notice and will be released on the schedule as noted, subject to continued service to the Company.


The fair value of each share purchase option under the Companys Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation modelCovenant Certificate with the weighted average assumptions notedadministration agent subsequent to filing our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2021. Returning to compliance with the covenants per the original terms of the 2019 Credit Agreement dated August 9, 2019 resulted in the following table.  The expected termCompany’s Eurodollar loan spread decreasing from 4.5% during the suspension period to 2.75% and unused facility commitment fee decreasing from 0.4% to 0.35%, and the limitation on revolver borrowings being removed effective May 1, 2021 after filing of the ESPP representscertificate with the administrative agent.

Financing costs incurred in connection with obtaining long-term financing are deferred and amortized over the term of the offering period of each option.  The risk-free rate is based uponrelated indebtedness or credit agreement. During the estimated life and on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility on the Company’s stock.

There were no shares granted under the ESPP during the three monthsyear ended December 31, 2017 or 2016. The weighted-average fair value of shares granted under the Company’s 2014 ESPP during the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, was $2.41 and $1.00, respectively.  There were 1,267,930 and 1,103,599 shares issued under the Company’s 2014 ESPP during the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

 

Six Month Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

Expected life

 

0.50 years

 

 

0.50 years

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

1.15

%

 

 

0.40

%

Volatility

 

 

42

%

 

 

40

%

Dividend yield

 

 

%

 

 

%

8.

Restructuring Charges

No restructuring charges were recorded during the three or six months ended December 31, 2017.

For the three and six months ended December 31, 2016,June 30, 2020, the Company recorded $1.9incurred $10.5 million of deferred financing costs in restructuringconjunction with the 2019 Credit Agreement and other charges including accelerated depreciation$1.5 million of leasehold improvementsdeferred financing costs from the amendments, and continues to amortize $1.6 million of debt issuance costs as of August 9, 2019 that were associated with the previous facility. The interest rate as of September 30, 2021 was 2.4%. and fixed assetsas of September 30, 2020 was 4.9%.

Amortization of deferred financing costs included in the amount of $1.7 million and adjustments to estimated sub-lease income to be received related to the estimated future obligations for non-cancelable lease payments for excess facilities of $0.1 million.

Restructuring liabilities consisted of obligations pertaining to the estimated future obligations for non-cancelable lease payments, as well as severance and benefits obligations. The restructuring liabilities are recorded in “Other accrued liabilities” and “Other long-term liabilities”“Interest expense” in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.statements of operations totaled $0.8 million and $0.8 millionfor the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

InDuring the fiscal 2017, the Company announced a reduction-in-force (“RIF”).  The Company recorded $5.6 million in severance and benefits charges, net during the year ended June 30, 2017.  Cash payments of $2.22021, the Company repaid $55.0 million were paid during the first six months of fiscal 2018. Theagainst its 2019 Revolving Facility’s outstanding balance of cash payments for$55.0 million and has 0 remaining outstanding balance at September 30, 2021. The Company has $60.2 million of availability under the RIF was immaterial2019 Revolving Facility as of December 31, 2017.  September 30, 2021. During the three months ended September 30, 2021, the Company made an additional payment of $12 million against its term loan facility.

The excess facilities payments will continue through fiscal year 2023.

Total restructuring and related liabilities consistCompany had $14.8 million of (in thousands):outstanding letters of credit as of September 30, 2021.

 

 

Excess

Facilities

 

 

Severance

Benefits

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Balance as of June 30, 2017

 

$

2,184

 

 

$

1,853

 

 

$

85

 

 

$

4,122

 

Period payments

 

 

(397

)

 

 

(1,770

)

 

 

(73

)

 

 

(2,240

)

Balance as of December 31, 2017

 

$

1,787

 

 

$

83

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

1,882

 

Less: current portion included in other accrued liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

473

 

Restructuring accrual included in other long-term liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,409

 

 

9.

Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Commitments

The Company currently has arrangements with contract manufacturers and suppliers for the manufacture of its products. Those arrangements allow the contract manufactures to procure long lead-time component inventory based upon a rolling production forecast provided by the Company. The Company is obligated to purchase long lead-time component inventory that its contract manufacturer procures in accordance with the Company’s forecast, unless the Company gives notice of order cancellation outside of applicable component lead-times.lead-times. As of December 31, 2017,September 30, 2021, the Company had non-cancelable commitments to purchase $145.3$64.9 million of suchinventory.


inventory.  As of December 31, 2017 the Company had non-cancelable software and maintenance support commitments to purchase $19.0 million of software and support services.

Legal Proceedings

The Company may from time to time be party to litigation arising in the course of its business, including, without limitation, allegations relating to commercial transactions, business relationships or intellectual property rights. Such claims, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. Litigation in general, and intellectual property and securities litigation in particular, can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of legal proceedings are difficult to predict.

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company records accruals for certain of its outstanding legal proceedings, investigations or claims when it is probable that a liability will be incurred, and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company evaluates, at least on a quarterly basis, developments in legal proceedings, investigations or claims that could affect the amount of any accrual, as well as any developments that would result in a loss contingency to become both probable and reasonably estimable. When a loss contingency is not both probable and reasonably estimable, the Company does not record a loss accrual. However, if the loss (or an additional loss in excess of any prior accrual) is at least a reasonable possibilityreasonably possible and material, then the Company would disclose an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss, if such estimate can be made, or disclose that an estimate cannot be made. The assessment whether a loss is probable or a reasonable possibility, and whether the loss or a range of loss is estimable, involves a series of complex judgments about future events. Even if a loss is reasonably possible, the Company may not be


able to estimate a range of possible loss, particularly where (i) the damages sought are substantial or indeterminate, (ii) the proceedings are in the early stages, or (iii) the matters involve novel or unsettled legal theories or a large number of parties. In such cases, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the ultimate resolution of such matters, including the amount of any possible loss, fine or penalty. Accordingly, for current proceedings, except as noted below, the Company is currently unable to estimate any reasonably possible loss or range of possible loss.  However, anAn adverse resolution of one or more of such matters could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations in a particular quarter or fiscal year.

Brazilian Tax Assessment Matter

On May 28, 2007, the Public Treasury Department of the State of Sao Paolo, Brazil (the “Tax Authority”) assessed our Brazilian subsidiary, Enterasys Networks do Brasil Ltda. (“Enterasys Brasil”), based on an alleged underpayment of taxes.  The Tax Authority also charged interest and penalties with respect to the assessment (collectively, the “ICMS Tax Assessment”).  The Tax Authority denied Enterasys Brasil the use of certain presumed tax credits granted by the State of Espirito Santo, Brazil under the terms of the FUNDAP program for the period from February 2003 to December 2004.  The value of the disallowed presumed tax credits is BRL 3.4 million (approximately U.S. $1.0 million), excluding interest and penalties. All currency conversions in this Legal Proceedings section are as of December 31, 2017.

Unable to resolve the matter at the administrative level, on October 1, 2014, Enterasys Brasil filed a lawsuit in the 11th Public Treasury Court of the Sao Paolo State Court of Justice (Judiciary District of Sao Paolo) to overturn or reduce the ICMS Tax Assessment. As part of this lawsuit, Enterasys Brasil requested a stay of execution, so that no tax foreclosure could be filed and no guarantee would be required until the court issued its final ruling.  On or about October 6, 2014, the court granted a preliminary injunction staying any execution on the assessment, but requiring that Enterasys Brasil deposit the assessed amount with the court.  Enterasys Brasil appealed this ruling and, on or about January 28, 2015, the appellate court ruled that no cash deposit (or guarantee) was required.  In a decision dated August 28, 2017, and published on October 3, 2017, the court validated the assessment and penalty imposed by the Tax Authority, but ruled that the Tax Authority was charging an unlawfully high interest rate on the tax assessment and penalty amounts, and ordered the interest rate reduced to the maximum Federal rate. The August 28, 2017 decision, were it to become final, would require Enterasys Brasil to pay a total of BRL 16.7 million (approximately U.S. $5.1 million), which includes penalties, court costs, attorneys’ fees, and accrued interest as of December 31, 2017.  The Company believes the ICMS Tax Assessment against Enterasys Brasil is without merit, has appealed the lower court’s decision and has requested a stay of execution.

Based on the currently available information, the Company believes the ultimate outcome of the ICMS Tax Assessment litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or overall results of operations. However, due to the complexities and uncertainty surrounding the judicial process in Brazil and the nature of the claims asserted, there can be no assurance of a favorable outcome for Enterasys Brasil, which recorded an accrual of BRL 9.4 million (approximately U.S. $2.9 million) as of the date the Company acquired Enterasys Networks.

The Company made a demand on April 11, 2014 for a defense from, and indemnification by, the former equity holder of Enterasys Networks, Inc. (“Seller”) in connection with the ICMS Tax Assessment. Seller agreed to assume the defense of the ICMS Tax Assessment on May 20, 2014. In addition, through the settlement of an indemnification-related lawsuit with the Seller on June 18, 2015, Seller agreed to continue to defend the Company with respect to the ICMS Tax Assessment and to indemnify the Company for losses related thereto subject to certain conditions. These conditions include the offsetting of foreign income tax benefits realized by


the Company in connection with the acquisition of Enterasys.  Based upon current projections of the foreign income tax benefits to be realized, and the potential liability in the event of an adverse final judgment in the ICMS Tax Assessment litigation, the Company does not presently anticipate that any amounts under the indemnification will be due from the Seller in connection with the ICMS Tax Assessment.

In re Extreme Networks, Inc. Securities Litigation

On October 23 and 29, 2015, putative class action complaints alleging violations of securities laws were filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against the Company and three of its former officers (Charles W. Berger, Kenneth B. Arola, and John T. Kurtzweil).  Subsequently, the cases were consolidated (In re Extreme Networks, Inc. Securities Litigation, No. 3:15-CY-04883-BLF).  Plaintiffs allege that defendants violated the securities laws by disseminating materially false and misleading statements and concealing material adverse facts regarding the Company’s financial condition, business operations and growth prospects. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages on behalf of a purported class of investors who purchased the Company’s common stock from September 12, 2013 through April 9, 2015.  On June 28, 2016, the Court appointed a lead plaintiff.  On September 26, 2016, the lead plaintiff filed a consolidated complaint. On November 10, 2016, defendants filed a motion to dismiss, which the Court granted with leave to amend on April 27, 2017.  On June 2, 2017, the lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which, on July 10, 2017, defendants again moved to dismiss.  The Court held a hearing on Defendants’ motion to dismiss on December 14, 2017, and a ruling is expected in the next few months. The Company believes plaintiffs’ claims are without merit and intends to defend them vigorously.

On February 18, 2016, a shareholder derivative case was filed in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County (Shaffer v. Kispert et al., No. 16 CV 291726).  The complaint names current and former officers and directors as defendants, and seeks recovery on behalf of the Company based on substantially the same allegations as the securities class action litigation described above.  The parties have agreed to stay the case pending further activities in the securities class action litigation, and the court signed a stipulation and order to that effect.

XR Communications, LLC d/b/a Vivato Technologies LLC v. Extreme Networks, Inc.

 

On April 19, 2017, XR Communications, LLC (“XR”) (d/b/a Vivato Technologies) suedfiled a patent infringement lawsuit against the Company in the Central District of California (XR Communications, LLC, dba Vivato Technologies v. Extreme Networks, Inc., No. 2:17-cv-2953-AG).California. The operative Second Amended Complaint asserts infringement of certain U.S. Patent Nos. 7,062,296, 7,729,728, and 6,611,231 based on the Company’s manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, and/or importation into the United States of certain access points and routers supporting multi-user, multiple-input, multiple-output technology. XR seeks unspecified damages, on-going royalties, pre- and post-judgment interest, and attorneys’ fees (but no injunction).  fees. The stay issued by the District Court in 2018 has been lifted.

Orckit IP, LLC v. Extreme Networks, Inc., Extreme Networks Ireland Ltd., and Extreme Networks GmbH

On July 24, 2017,February 1, 2018, Orckit IP, LLC (“Orckit”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against the Company filedand its answer.  InIrish and German subsidiaries in the District Court in Dusseldorf, Germany. The lawsuit alleges direct and indirect infringement of the German portion of a patent (“EP ’364”) based on the offer, distribution, use, possession and/or importation into Germany of certain network switches that equipped with the ExtremeXOS operating system. Orckit is seeking injunctive relief, accounting, and an order enteredunspecified declaration of liability for damages and costs of the lawsuit. On January 28, 2020, the Court rendered a decision in the infringement case in favor of the Company. The matter is proceeding through the appellate process, and an oral hearing was held on October 21, 2021.  A decision is pending.

On April 23, 2017,2019, Orckit filed an extension of the court scheduledpatent infringement complaint against the Company and its Irish and German subsidiaries in the District Court in Dusseldorf, Germany. With this extension, Orckit alleges infringement of the German portion of a claim construction hearingsecond patent (“EP ‘077”) based on the offer, distribution, use, possession and/or importation into Germany of certain network switches that the Company no longer sells in Germany. Orckit is seeking injunctive relief, accounting and sales information, and a declaration of liability for April 10,damages as well as costs of the lawsuit. On October 13, 2020, the Court issued an infringement decision against the Company and granted to Orckit the right to enforce the judgment against the Company, which Orckit has provided notification to the Company that it will enforce the judgment. The matter is proceeding through the appellate process.

The Company filed a nullity action related to the EP ‘364 patent on May 3, 2018, and ordered any trialone related to the EP ‘077 patent on October 31, 2019, both in the Federal Patent Court in Munich. The court found the EP ‘364 patent to be valid and the Company is considering an appeal.  The case filed to seek to invalidate the EP ‘077 patent is proceeding.

SNMP Research, Inc. and SNMP Research International, Inc. v. Broadcom Inc., Brocade Communications Systems LLC, and Extreme Networks, Inc.

On October 26, 2020, SNMP Research, Inc. and SNMP Research International, Inc. (collectively, “SNMP”) filed a lawsuit against the Company in the Eastern District of this matterTennessee for copyright infringement, alleging that the Company was not properly licensed to commence no earlier than March 19, 2019.  use their software.  SNMP is seeking actual damages and profits attributed to the infringement, as well as equitable relief. The Company believeshas filed a motion to dismiss and a motion to transfer the claimscase to the Northern District of California. Both motions are without meritpending. A trial date has been set for November 2022.

Mala Technologies Ltd. v. Extreme Networks GmbH, Extreme Networks Ireland Ops Ltd., and intendsExtreme Networks, Inc.

On April 15, 2021, Mala Technologies Ltd. (“Mala”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against the Company and its Irish and German subsidiaries in the District Court in Dusseldorf, Germany.  The lawsuit alleges indirect infringement of the German portion of a patent (“EP ‘498”) based on the offer and sale in Germany of certain network switches equipped with the ExtremeXOS operating system.  Mala is seeking injunctive relief, accounting, and an unspecified declaration of liability for damages and costs of the lawsuit.  A hearing date has been set for July 14, 2022. The Company filed a nullity action related to defend them vigorously.the EP’498 patent on September 24, 2021 in the German Federal Patent Court.

Indemnification Obligations

Subject to certain limitations, the Company may be obligated to indemnify its current and former directors, officers and employees. These obligations arise under the terms of its certificate of incorporation, its bylaws, applicable contracts, and applicable law. The obligation to indemnify, where applicable, generally means that the Company is required to pay or reimburse, and in certain circumstances the Company has paid or reimbursed, the individuals' reasonable legal expenses and possibly damages and other liabilities incurred in connection with certain legal matters. For example, the Company currently is paying or reimbursing legal expenses being incurred by certain current and former officers and directors in connection with the shareholder litigation described above.  The Company also procures Directors and Officers liability insurance to


help cover its defense and/or indemnification costs, although its ability to recover such costs through insurance is uncertain.  While it is not possible to estimate the maximum potential amount that could be owed under these indemnificationgoverning documents and agreements due to the Company’s limited history with prior indemnification claims, indemnification (including defense) costs could, in the future, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

10.

Stockholders’ Equity

Stockholders’ Rights Agreement

On April 26, 2012, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Rights Agreement between the Company and Computershare Shareholder Services LLC as the rights agent (as amended, the “Restated Rights Plan”). The Restated Rights Plan governs the terms of each right (“Right”) that has been issued with respect to each share of common stock of Extreme Networks. Each Right initially represents the right to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of the Company’s Preferred Stock.

The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) adopted the Restated Rights Plan to preserve the value of deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carry forwards of the Company, with respect to its ability to fully use its tax benefits to offset future income which may be limited if the Company experiences an “ownership change” for purposes of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as a result of ordinary buying and selling of shares of its common stock. Following its review of the terms of the plan, the Board decided it was necessary and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to enter into the Restated Rights Plan. From 2013 through 2020, the Board and stockholders approved amendments providing for one-year extensions of the term of the Restated Rights Plan. On May 17, 2021, the Board unanimously approved the 2021 Tax Benefit Preservation Plan, which amended and restated the Restated Rights Plan with a term that expires on May 17, 2024.  The amendment was approved by the stockholders of the Company at the annual meeting of stockholders on November 4, 2021.

Equity Incentive Plan

The Compensation Committee of the Board unanimously approved an amendment to the Extreme Networks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”) on August 11, 2021 to update tax withholding obligations.  The Compensation Committee of the Board unanimously approved an amendment to the 2013 Plan on September 10, 2021 to increase the maximum number of available shares by 7.9 million shares, which amendment was approved by the stockholders at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders held on November 4, 2021.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Compensation Committee of the Board unanimously approved an amendment to the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) on September 9, 2021 to increase the maximum number of shares that will be available for sale thereunder by 7.5 million shares.  The amendment was approved by the stockholders of the Company at the annual meeting of stockholders held on November 4, 2021.

Common Stock Repurchases

On November 2, 2018, the Company announced the Board had authorized management to repurchase up to $60.0 million of the Company’s common stock over a two-year period from the date of authorization. Purchases may be made from time to time through any means including, but not limited to, open market purchases and privately negotiated transactions. In February 2020, the Board increased the authorization to repurchase by $40.0 million to $100.0 million and extended the period for repurchase for three years from February 5, 2020. A maximum of $30.0 million of the Company’s common stock may be repurchased in any calendar year.

There were 0 shares repurchased during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.

11.

Employee Benefit Plans

Shares Reserved for Issuance

The Company had the following reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as of the dates noted (in thousands):

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

June 30,

2021

 

2013 Equity Incentive Plan shares available for grant

 

 

2,784

 

 

 

6,753

 

Employee stock options and awards outstanding

 

 

10,553

 

 

 

10,359

 

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

3,425

 

 

 

4,414

 

Total shares reserved for issuance

 

 

16,762

 

 

 

21,526

 


Share-based Compensation Expense  

Share-based compensation expense recognized in the condensed consolidated financial statements by line-item caption is as follows (in thousands):

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Cost of product revenues

$

310

 

 

$

258

 

Cost of service and subscription revenues

 

362

 

 

 

372

 

Research and development

 

2,458

 

 

 

2,272

 

Sales and marketing

 

3,575

 

 

 

2,647

 

General and administrative

 

3,739

 

 

 

2,753

 

Total share-based compensation expense

$

10,444

 

 

$

8,302

 

Stock Options

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the three months ended September 30, 2021 (in thousands, except per share and contractual term):

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share

 

 

Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value

 

Options outstanding at June 30, 2021

 

 

1,645

 

 

$

5.44

 

 

 

3.62

 

 

$

9,404

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(80

)

 

 

2.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at September 30, 2021

 

 

1,565

 

 

$

5.58

 

 

 

3.52

 

 

$

6,677

 

Vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2021

 

 

1,565

 

 

$

5.58

 

 

 

3.52

 

 

$

6,677

 

Exercisable at September 30, 2021

 

 

1,247

 

 

$

5.29

 

 

 

3.16

 

 

$

5,674

 

The fair value of each stock option grant under the 2013 Plan is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model. The expected term of options granted is derived from historical data on employee exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The risk-free rate is based upon the estimated life of the option and the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility on the Company’s stock. There were 0 stock options granted during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.

Stock Awards

Stock awards may be granted under the 2013 Plan on terms approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board. Stock awards generally provide for the issuance of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) including performance-condition or market-condition RSUs which vest over a fixed period of time or based upon the satisfaction of certain performance criteria or market conditions. The Company recognizes compensation expense on the awards over the vesting period based on the awards’ fair value as of the date of grant.  The Company does not estimate forfeitures, but accounts for them as incurred.

The following table summarizes stock award activity for the three months ended September 30, 2021 (in thousands, except grant date fair value):

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value

 

 

Aggregate Fair Value

 

Non-vested stock awards outstanding at June 30, 2021

 

 

8,714

 

 

$

5.51

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

3,611

 

 

 

11.37

 

 

 

 

 

Released

 

 

(3,161

)

 

 

5.17

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(176

)

 

 

5.93

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested stock awards outstanding at September, 2021

 

 

8,988

 

 

$

7.97

 

 

$

88,534

 

Stock awards expected to vest at September 30, 2021

 

 

8,988

 

 

$

7.97

 

 

$

88,534

 


The RSU's granted under the 2013 plan vest over a period of time, generally one to three years, and are subject to participant's continued service to the Company. The stock awards granted during the three months ended September 30, 2021 included 0.9 million RSUs including the market condition awards discussed below to named executive officers and directors.

Market Condition Awards

During the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, the Compensation Committee of the Board approved 0.7 million and 0.5 million RSUs, respectively, with vesting based on market conditions (“MSU”) to certain of the Company’s executive officers. These MSUs vest based on the Company’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) relative to the TSR of the Russell 2000 Index (“Index”).  The MSU award represents the right to receive a target number of shares of common stock up to 150% of the original grant. The MSUs vest based on the Company’s TSR relative to the TSR of the Index over performance periods of three years from the grant date, subject to the grantees’ continued service through the certification of performance.

Level

Relative TSR

Shares Vested

Below Threshold

TSR is less than the Index by more than 37.5 percentage points

0%

Threshold

TSR is less than the Index by 37.5 percentage points

25%

Target

TSR equals the Index

100%

Maximum

TSR is greater than the Index by 25 percentage points or more

150%

Total shareholder return is calculated based on the average closing price for the 30-trading days prior to the beginning and end of the performance periods. Performance is measured based on three periods, with the ability for up to one-third of target shares to vest after years 1 and 2 and the ability for up to the maximum of the full award to vest based on the full 3-year TSR less any shares vested based on 1- and 2-year periods. Linear interpolation is used to determine the number of shares vested for achievement between target levels.

The grant date fair value of each MSU was determined using the Monte Carlo simulation model. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of these MSU granted during the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $12.69 per share. The assumptions used in the Monte-Carlo simulation included the expected volatility of 66%, risk-free rate of 0.44%, 0 expected dividend yield, expected term of 3 years and possible future stock prices over the performance period based on the historical stock and market prices. The Company recognizes the expense related to these MSUs on a graded-vesting method over the estimated term.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of these MSU granted during the three months ended September 30, 2020 was $5.32 per share. The assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation included the expected volatility of 69%, risk-free rate of 0.18%, 0 expected dividend yield, expected term of 3 years and possible future stock prices over the performance period based on the historical stock and market prices.  

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The fair value of each share purchase option under the ESPP is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model with the weighted average assumptions noted in the following table. The expected term of the ESPP represents the term of the offering period of each option.  The risk-free rate is based upon the estimated life and on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility on the Company’s stock.

There were 1.0 million and 1.5 million shares issued under the ESPP during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The following assumptions were used to determine the grant-date fair values of the ESPP shares during the following periods:

 

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

Expected life

 

0.5 years

 

 

0.5 years

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

0.05

%

 

 

0.12

%

 

Volatility

 

 

52

%

 

 

119

%

 

Dividend yield

 

 

%

 

 

%

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of shares under the ESPP during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was $3.18 and $2.23 per share, respectively.  


12.

Information about Segments and Geographic Areas

The Company operates in 1 segment, the development and marketing of network infrastructure equipment and related software. The Company conducts business globally and is managed geographically. Revenues are attributed to a geographical area based on the billing address of customers. The Company operates in 3 geographical areas: Americas, which includes the United States, Canada, Mexico, Central America and South America; EMEA, which includes Europe, Russia, Middle East and Africa; and APAC which includes Asia Pacific, South Asia, India, Australia and Japan. The Company’s chief operating decision maker, who is its CEO, reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.  

See Note 3, Revenues, for the Company’s revenues by geographic regions and channel based on the customer’s billing address.

The Company’s long-lived assets are attributed to the geographic regions as follows (in thousands):

Long-lived Assets

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

June 30,

2021

 

Americas

 

$

161,956

 

 

$

151,839

 

EMEA

 

 

22,486

 

 

 

25,940

 

APAC

 

 

12,383

 

 

 

13,560

 

Total long-lived assets

 

$

196,825

 

 

$

191,339

 

13.

Derivatives and Hedging

Interest Rate Swaps

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk on its debt. The Company enters into interest rate swap contracts to effectively manage the impact of fluctuations of interest rate changes on its outstanding debt which has floating interest rate. The Company does not enter into derivative contracts for trading or speculative purposes.

At the inception date of the derivative contract, the Company performs an assessment of these contracts and has designated these contracts as cash flow hedges. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreement without exchange of the underlying notional amount. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, by performing qualitative and quantitative assessment, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flow of hedged items. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is qualified, designated and highly effective as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively. In accordance with ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging,” the Company may prospectively discontinue the hedge accounting for an existing hedge if the applicable criteria are no longer met, the derivative instrument expires, is sold, terminated or exercised or if the Company removes the designation of the respective cash flow hedge. In those circumstances, the net gain or loss remains in accumulated other comprehensive loss and is reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings, unless the forecasted transaction is no longer probable in which case the net gain or loss is reclassified into earnings immediately.

During fiscal 2020, the Company entered into multiple interest rate swap contracts, designated as cash flow hedges, to hedge the variability of cash flows in interest payments associated with the Company’s various tranches of floating-rate debt. As of September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, the total notional amount of these interest rate swaps was $200.0 million and had maturity dates through April 2023. As of September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, these contracts had unrealized losses of $0.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively, which are recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” with the associated liability in “Other accrued liabilities” in the condensed consolidated balance sheet. Cash flows associated with periodic settlements of interest rate swaps are classified as operating activities in the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows. Realized gains and losses are recognized as they accrue in interest expense. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to these cash flow hedges are reclassified to interest expense over the life of the swap contracts. The Company estimates that $0.8 million will be reclassified to interest expense over the next twelve months. The classification and fair value of these cash flow hedges are discussed in Note 6, Fair Value Measurements.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage exposures to foreign currency that may or may not be designated as hedging instruments. The Company’s objective for holding derivatives is to use the most effective methods to minimize the impact


of these exposures. The Company does not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes. The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts primarily to mitigate the effect of gains and losses generated by foreign currency transactions related to certain operating expenses and re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies.

For foreign exchange forward contracts not designated as hedging instruments, the fair value of the Company’s derivatives in a gain position are recorded in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and derivatives in a loss position are recorded in “Other accrued liabilities” in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded in “Other income (expense), net” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, foreign exchange forward contracts not designated as hedging instruments had the total notional principal amount of $22.6 and $7.5 million, respectively. These contracts have maturities of 40 days or less. The net gains and losses recorded in the condensed consolidated statement of operations from these transactions during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were losses of $0.2 million and gains of less than $0.1 million, respectively. Changes in the fair value of these foreign exchange forward contracts are offset largely by remeasurement of the underlying assets and liabilities

For foreign exchange forward contracts designated as hedging instruments, gains and losses arising from these contracts are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The hedging gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified to expenses, as applicable, in the condensed consolidated statements of operations in the same period in which the underlying transactions affect our earnings. As of September 30, 2021, foreign exchange forward contracts designated as hedging instruments had the notional amount of $11.3 million. These contracts have maturities of less than twelve months. As of September 30, 2021, these contracts had unrealized losses of $0.4 million which are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) with the associated liability in other accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. There were 0 foreign exchange forward contracts at September 30, 2020 that were designated as hedging instruments.

The Company recognized total foreign currency gains of $0.3 million and losses of $1.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively related to the change in fair value of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.

14.

Restructuring and Related Charges.

The Company recorded $0.3 million of restructuring and related charges during the three months ended September 30, 2021 which primarily included facility related charges of $0.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021. Severance and benefit restructuring charges consisted primarily of employee severance and benefit expenses incurred under the reduction-in-force action initiated in the third quarter of fiscal 2020 (the “2020 Plan”) to reduce operating costs and enhance financial flexibility as a result of disruptions caused by the COVID-19 global pandemic. With the reduction and realignment of the headcount under the 2020 Plan, the Company is relocating certain of its lab test equipment to third-party consulting companies. The Company has incurred $9.6 million of charges under the 2020 Plan through September 30, 2021. The Company expects to incur additional equipment related relocation expenses of $0.1 million and expects to substantially complete these activities by the first half of fiscal 2022. The facility restructuring charges included additional facilities expenses related to previously impaired facilities.  

The Company recorded $1.0 million of restructuring and related charges during the three months ended September 30, 2020. The charges included $0.3 million for charges related to facilities which the Company has exited, and $0.7 million for employee severance and benefit expenses incurred under the Company’s restructuring plans.

Restructuring liabilities related to severance, benefits, and equipment relocation obligations are recorded in “Other accrued liabilities” in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. The following table summarizes the activity related to the severance, benefits, and equipment relocation liabilities during the three months ended September 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

 

Severance and Other

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

271

 

 

$

2,219

 

Period charges

 

 

8

 

 

 

772

 

Period reversals

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(50

)

Period payments

 

 

(156

)

 

 

(2,639

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

93

 

 

$

302

 


15.

Income Taxes

For the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 and 2016,2020, the Company recorded income tax benefit of $1.6 million andan income tax provision of $1.2 million, respectively. For the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded income tax provision of $0.1$2.1 million and $2.1$1.3 million, respectively.


The income tax provisions for the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 and 2016,2020, consisted primarily of (1) taxes on the income of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, as well as(2) foreign withholding taxes, (3) state taxes in jurisdictions where the Company has 0 remaining state net operating losses (“NOLs”) and (4) tax expense associated with the establishment of a U.S. deferred tax liability for amortizable goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Enterasys Networks, Inc., the wireless local area network business from Zebra WLAN Business andTechnologies Corporation, the Campus Fabric Business.Business from Avaya and the Data Center Business from Brocade. The interim income tax provisionprovisions for the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 and 2020 were calculated using the discrete effective tax rate method as allowed by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740-270-30-18, “Income Taxes – Interim Reporting.”  The discrete method is offset by a tax benefit of $2.5 million resulting fromapplied when the reductionapplication of the U.S. Federalestimated annual effective tax rate from 35%is impractical because it is not possible to 21% applied to our deferred tax liability related to amortizable goodwill as required by the recently enacted U.S. tax legislation discussed below. The income tax provisions for both fiscal years were calculated based on the actual results of operations for the three months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and therefore may not reflectreliably estimate the annual effective tax rate.

The discrete method treats the year to date period as if it was the annual period and determines the income tax provisions forexpense or benefit on that basis.  The Company believes that, at this time, the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted primarilyuse of taxes onthis discrete method is more appropriate than the income of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries as well as tax expense associated with the establishment of a U.S. deferred tax liability for amortizable goodwill resulting from the acquisitions referenced above.  The income tax provision for the six months ended December 31, 2017 is offset by the tax benefit of $2.5 million resulting from the U.S. Federal tax legislation referenced above.

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed and enacted into law H.R. 1, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”), which, except for certain provisions, isannual effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2018. As a fiscal year taxpayer, the Company will not be subject to the majority of the tax law provisions until fiscal year 2019; however, there are certain significant items of impact that will be recognized in fiscal year 2018. Because a change in tax law is accounted for in the period of enactment, the effects of the TCJA, a tax benefit of $2.5 million, have been reflected in the second quarter of fiscal 2018.

The TCJA’s primary change is a reduction in the U.S. Federal statutory corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, including a pro rata reduction from 35% to 28% formethod as (i) the Company in fiscal 2018. As a result, the Company has recognized aestimated annual effective tax benefit in the amount of $2.5 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2018rate method is not reliable due to the revaluationhigh degree of uncertainty in estimating annual pretax earnings on a jurisdictional basis and (ii) the Company's deferred tax liability related to amortizable goodwill to reflectCompany’s ongoing assessment that the lower statutory rate.  Because therecoverability of certain U.S. and Irish deferred tax assets are offset by a full valuation allowance, the reduction in deferred tax assets for the lower rate was fully offset by a corresponding reduction in valuation allowance resulting in no additional tax provision.

The TCJA moves the U.S. from a global taxation regime to a modified territorial regime.  Under the territorial regime, the company’s foreign earnings will generally not be subject to tax in the US.  As part of transitioning to this new regime, U.S. companies are required to pay tax on historical earnings generated offshore that have not been repatriated to the U.S. (“Transition Tax”).  The Company has estimated as of the second quarter of fiscal 2018, there will be no incremental tax provision relating to the Transition Tax given the Company’s ability to utilize existing tax attributes to offset the impact of the deemed repatriation.

The TCJA makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, and in certain instances, lacks clarity and is subject to interpretation until additional U.S. Treasury guidance is issued.  On December 22, 2017, the SEC issued guidance under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allows registrants to record provisional amounts during a one year “measurement period” similar to that used when accounting for business combinations. However, the measurement period is deemed to have ended earlier when the registrant has obtained, prepared and analyzed the information necessary to finalize its accounting.  During the measurement period, impacts of the law are expected to be recorded at the time a reasonable estimate for all or a portion of the effects can be made, and provisional amounts can be recognized and adjusted as information becomes available, prepared or analyzed. The SAB summarizes a three-step process to be applied at each reporting period to account for and qualitatively disclose: (1) the effects of the change in tax law for which accounting is complete; (2) provisional amounts (or adjustments to provisional amounts) for the effects of the tax law where accounting is not complete, but that a reasonable estimate has been determined; and (3) a reasonable estimate cannot yet be made and therefore taxes are reflected in accordance with law prior to the enactment of the TCJA.

Amounts recorded where accounting is complete in the three and six months ended December 31, 2017 principally relate to the reduction in the U.S. federal tax rate to 21 percent, which resulted in the Company reporting an income tax benefit of $2.5 million to remeasure deferred taxes liabilities associated with indefinitely lived intangible assets that will reverse at the new 21% rate. Absent this deferred tax liability, the Company is in a net deferred tax asset position that is offset by a full valuation allowance. Though the impact of the rate change related to net deferred tax assets has a net tax effect of zero, the accounting to determine the gross change in the deferred tax position and the offsetting valuation is not yet complete.  In accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 118, the estimated income tax impact associated with the Transition Tax of zero represents our best estimate based on interpretation of the U.S. legislation as we are still accumulating data to finalize the underlying calculation. In accordance with SAB 118, estimated income tax impact associated with the Transition Tax is considered provisional and will be finalized prior to the end of the measurement period. The ultimate impact may differ from these provisional amounts, due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions the Company has made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions the Company may take as a result of the TCJA.


With respect to provisions of the TCJA effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2018, the company anticipates several new provisions may potentially impact tax provisions in future periods including limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and certain executive compensation, a minimum tax on certain foreign earnings (i.e., global intangible low-taxed income or “GILTI”), as well as a base-erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”).  The GILTI provisions require the Company to include in its U.S. income tax return foreign subsidiary earnings in excess of an allowable return on the foreign subsidiary’s tangible assets. Based on initial assessment and interpretation of the new provision, the Company expects that it will be subject to incremental U.S. tax on GILTI income beginning in fiscal 2019. The Company may elect to account for GILTI tax as a component of tax expense in the period in which it is incurred or account for the GILTI tax in the measurement of deferred taxes. The Company is continuing to evaluate this particular provision and therefore has not yet elected a method but will do so once our analysis is complete.. The BEAT provisions in the Tax Reform Act eliminate the deduction of certain base-erosion payments made to related foreign corporations, and impose a minimum tax if greatermore likely than regular tax.  There is a reasonable amount of uncertainty surrounding the interpretation of this new provision, however, based on initial assessment and a conservative interpretation of the new provision, the Company expects that it will be subject to the incremental U.S. tax on BEAT income beginning in fiscal 2019.not.

The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against all of its U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets as well as a portion of the deferred tax assets in Australia, Brazil and Japan.Ireland. A valuation allowance is determined by assessing both negative and positive evidence to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that the deferred tax assets are recoverable; such assessment is required on a jurisdiction by jurisdictionjurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis.  The Company's inconsistent earnings in recent periods, including a cumulative loss over the last three years, coupled with its difficulty in forecasting future revenue trends as well asand the cyclical nature of its business represent sufficient negative evidence to require a full valuation allowanceallowances against its U.S. federal and state net deferred tax assets as well as a portion of the above mentioned foreign jurisdictions.  Thisdeferred tax assets in Ireland.  These valuation allowanceallowances will be evaluated periodically and can be reversed partially or in whole if business results and the economic environment have sufficiently improved to support realization of some or all of the Company's deferred tax assets.

The acquisition of Enterasys in October 2013 included a U.S. parent company as well as its wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries. The Company elected to treat this stock acquisition as an asset purchase by filing the required election forms under IRC Sec 338(h)(10).  Additionally,

On September 14, 2021, the Company completed asset purchasesits acquisition of Ipanema. This acquisition is treated as a non-taxable stock acquisition and therefore, Extreme will have carryover tax basis in the Zebra WLAN Business, the Campus Fabric Businessassets and the Brocade Data Center Business in October 2016, July 2017 and October 2017, respectively.  The Company has estimated the value of the intangible assets from these transactions and is amortizing the amounts over 15 years for tax purposes.  During the three and six months ended December 31, 2017, the Company deducted $2.1 million and $3.7 million of tax amortization expense respectively, for each period related to capitalized goodwill resulting from these acquisitions. As of December 31, 2017, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability of $4.9 million related to this goodwill amortization which is not considered a future source of taxable income in evaluating the need for a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.liabilities acquired.

The Company had $19.0$19.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2017.  TheSeptember 30, 2021.  If fully recognized in the future, $0.4 million would impact of the unrecognizedeffective tax benefit of $18.9rate and $18.7 million, if recognized, would result in adjustments to deferred tax assets and corresponding adjustments to the valuation allowance.allowance with no impact to the effective tax rate.  The Company does not anticipate any events to occur during the next twelve months that would materially reduce the unrealized tax benefit as currently stated in the Company’s balance sheet.

The Company’s policy is to accrue interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of tax expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.

In general, the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns are subject to examination by tax authorities for fiscal years 2001 forward due to net operating losses and the Company's state income tax returns are subject to examination for fiscal years 2000 forward due to net operating losses. The Company is not currently under examination by the state of North Carolina for the fiscal years ended 2014, 2015 and 2016.audit in any material jurisdictions.

11.16.

Net LossIncome (Loss) Per Share

Basic earningsnet income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net earningsincome (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common sharesstock outstanding during the period. Dilutive earningsincome per share is calculated by dividing net earningsincome by the weighted average number of shares of common sharesstock used in the basic earningsnet income (loss) per share calculation plus the dilutive effect of shares subject to repurchase, options warrants and unvested restricted stock units.RSUs.


The following table presents the calculation of net lossincome (loss) per share of basic and diluted (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

Net loss

 

$

(31,923

)

 

$

(4,229

)

 

$

(27,547

)

 

$

(9,971

)

Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation - basic and diluted

 

 

113,621

 

 

 

107,425

 

 

 

112,931

 

 

 

106,690

 

Net loss per share - basic and diluted

 

$

(0.28

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

(0.24

)

 

$

(0.09

)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

12,696

 

 

$

(8,812

)

 

Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation - basic

 

 

128,324

 

 

 

121,705

 

 

Options to purchase common stock

 

 

651

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

4,250

 

 

 

 

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation - diluted

 

 

133,225

 

 

 

121,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share - basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share - basic

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

Net income (loss) per share - diluted

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

 

The following securities were excluded from the computation of net lossincome (loss) per diluted share of common stock for the periods presented as their effect would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

Options to purchase common stock

 

 

2,622

 

 

 

2,301

 

 

 

2,781

 

 

 

2,762

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

7,950

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

7,162

 

 

 

79

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan shares

 

 

834

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

906

 

 

 

330

 

Total shares excluded

 

 

11,406

 

 

 

2,659

 

 

 

10,849

 

 

 

3,171

 

 

12.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Options to purchase common stock

 

 

 

 

 

2,864

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

1,441

 

 

 

8,877

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan shares

 

 

514

 

 

 

750

 

Total shares excluded

 

 

1,955

 

 

 

12,491

 

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage exposures to foreign currency. The Company’s objective for holding derivatives is to use the most effective methods to minimize the impact of these exposures. The Company does not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes. The fair value of the Company’s derivatives in a gain position are recorded in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and derivatives in a loss position are recorded in “Other accrued liabilities” in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded in “Other income (expense), net” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate the effect of gains and losses generated by foreign currency transactions related to certain operating expenses and re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. These derivatives do not qualify as hedges.

As of December 31, 2017, forward foreign currency contracts had a notional principal amount of $1.5 million and an immaterial unrealized gain. These contracts have maturities of less than 60 days. Changes in the fair value of these foreign exchange forward contracts are offset largely by re-measurement of the underlying assets and liabilities. As of December 31, 2016, the Company did not have any derivative instruments outstanding.

Foreign currency transactions gains and losses from operations was loss of $0.6 million and gain of $1.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Foreign currency transactions gains and losses from operations was loss of $1.1 million and gain of $0.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

13.

Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Geographic Areas

The Company operates in one segment, the development and marketing of network infrastructure equipment. The Company conducts business globally and is managed geographically. Revenue is attributed to a geographical area based on the location of its customers. The Company operates in three geographical areas: Americas, which includes the United States, Canada, Mexico, Central America and South America; EMEA, which includes Europe, Russia, Middle East and Africa; and APAC which includes Asia Pacific, South Asia, India, Australia and Japan.


The Company attributes revenues to geographic regions and channels based on the customer's ship-to location as follows (in thousands): 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

Distributor

 

Direct

 

Total

 

 

Distributor

 

Direct

 

Total

 

Americas:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

56,269

 

$

54,559

 

$

110,828

 

 

$

39,063

 

$

38,396

 

$

77,459

 

Other

 

 

1,155

 

 

5,698

 

 

6,853

 

 

 

2,827

 

 

3,243

 

 

6,070

 

Total Americas

 

 

57,424

 

 

60,257

 

 

117,681

 

 

 

41,890

 

 

41,639

 

 

83,529

 

EMEA:

 

 

55,956

 

 

33,624

 

 

89,580

 

 

 

36,070

 

 

24,361

 

 

60,431

 

APAC:

 

 

5,131

 

 

18,731

 

 

23,862

 

 

 

1,613

 

 

10,804

 

 

12,417

 

Total net revenues

 

$

118,511

 

$

112,612

 

$

231,123

 

 

$

79,573

 

$

76,804

 

$

156,377

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

Distributor

 

Direct

 

Total

 

 

Distributor

 

Direct

 

Total

 

Americas:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

98,661

 

$

105,549

 

$

204,210

 

 

$

66,054

 

$

65,225

 

$

131,279

 

Other

 

 

15,491

 

 

12,093

 

 

27,584

 

 

 

4,220

 

 

12,871

 

 

17,091

 

Total Americas

 

 

114,152

 

 

117,642

 

 

231,794

 

 

 

70,274

 

 

78,096

 

 

148,370

 

EMEA:

 

 

107,188

 

 

61,527

 

 

168,715

 

 

 

67,369

 

 

40,890

 

 

108,259

 

APAC:

 

 

8,395

 

 

33,934

 

 

42,329

 

 

 

3,065

 

 

19,287

 

 

22,352

 

Total net revenues

 

$

229,735

 

$

213,103

 

$

442,838

 

 

$

140,708

 

$

138,273

 

$

278,981

 

The Company’s long-lived assets are attributed to the geographic regions as follows (in thousands):

Long Lived Assets

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

June 30,

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

Americas

 

$

187,617

 

 

$

67,369

 

EMEA

 

 

10,066

 

 

 

8,998

 

APAC

 

 

8,075

 

 

 

4,275

 

Total long lived assets

 

$

205,758

 

 

$

80,642

 

14.Subsequent Event

On January 31, 2018, the Company approved and on February 2, 2018 began executing a reduction-in-force (the “Plan”) to re-align the Company’s resources as a result of the Company’s recent acquisitions of the Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business. The Plan is expected to reduce the overall costs of the Company and to accelerate the achievement of the Company’s operating margin target objectives. The Company expects to incur charges of approximately $4.0 million in connection with the Plan. Upon completion of the Plan, the potential savings expected to be achieved as a result of reduced employee related expenses and lower operating costs will yield annualized savings of $7.0 - $9.0 million. The costs associated with this Plan primarily include employee severance and benefits expenses.  The amount and timing of the actual charges may vary due to required consultation activities with certain employees as well as compliance with statutory severance requirements in local jurisdictions.

 


Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis ofof Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This quarterly report on Form 10-Q, including the following sections, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including in particular, our expectations regarding market demands, customer requirements and the general economic environment, future results of operations, and other statements that include words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. We caution investors that actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain risk factors identified in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the secondfirst quarter of fiscal six months ended December 31, 2016,September 30, 2021, our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017,2021, and other filings we have made with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These risk factors, include, but are not limited to: fluctuations in demand for our products and services; a highly competitive business environment for network switching equipment; our effectiveness in controlling expenses; the possibility that we might experience delays in the development or introduction of new technology and products; customer response to our new technology and products; fluctuations in the global economy;economy, including political, social, economic, currency and regulatory factors (such as the outbreak of COVID-19); risks related to pending or future litigation; a dependency on third parties for certain components and for the manufacturing of our products and our ability to receive the anticipated benefits of the acquisition of the Zebra Business.acquired businesses.

Business Overview

The following discussion is based upon our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.  In the course of operating our business, we routinely make decisions as to the timing of the payment of invoices, the collection of receivables, the manufacturing and shipment of products, the fulfillment of orders, the purchase of supplies, and the building of inventory and service parts, among other matters. Each of these decisions has some impact on the financial results for any given period.  In making these decisions, we consider various factors including contractual obligations, customer satisfaction, competition, internal and external financial targets and expectations, and financial planning objectives. For further information about our critical accounting policies and estimates, see the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section included in this “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Extreme Networks, Inc., together with its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Extreme” and as “we”, “us” and “our” (“Extreme” or “Company”) is a leader in providing software-drivenleading provider of end-to-end, cloud-driven networking solutions for enterprise customers.and top-rated services and support. Providing a combined end-to-end solutionset of comprehensive solutions from the data centerInternet of Things (“IoT”) edge to the access point,cloud, Extreme designs, develops, and manufactures wired and wireless network infrastructure equipment as well as a leading cloud networking platform and develops the software forapplications portfolio using cloud management, machine learning (“ML”), and artificial intelligence (“AI”) to deliver network management, policy, analytics, security, and access controls. We striveOur solutions enable companies to helpembrace the value of new cloud technology without having to rip and replace existing infrastructures. Extreme has been pushing the boundaries of networking technology for a quarter of a century, driven by a higher purpose of helping our customers connect beyond the network. Extreme’s cloud-driven technologies provide flexibility and partners Connect Beyondscalability in deployment, management, and licensing of networks globally. Our global footprint provides service to over 50,000 customers across the Network™ by building world-classworld including some of the world’s leading names in business, hospitality, retail, transportation and logistics, education, government, healthcare, manufacturing and service providers. We derive all our revenues from the sale of our networking equipment, software subscriptions, and network infrastructure solutions that solve the wide range of problems faced by information technologyrelated maintenance contracts.

Industry Background

Enterprises are adopting new Information Technology (“IT”) departments.

Enterprisedelivery models and applications that require fundamental network administratorsalterations and enhancements spanning from the data centeraccess edge to the access layer need to respond todata center. With the rapid digital transformational trends of cloud, mobility, big data, social business and the ever-present need for network security.  Accelerators such as Internet of Things (“IoT”), artificial intelligence (“AI”), bring your own device (“BYOD”), machine learning, cognitive computing, and robotics add complexity to challenge the capabilities of traditional networks. Technology advances have a profound effect across the entire enterprise network by placing unprecedented demands on network administrators to enhance management capabilities, scalability, programmability, agility, and analyticsimpact of the enterprise networks they manage.global pandemic, we believe IT teams in every industry will need more control and better insights than ever before to ensure secure, distributed connectivity and comprehensive centralized visibility. ML and AI technologies have the potential to vastly improve the network experience in the post-pandemic world by collating large data sets to increase accuracy and derive resolutions to improve the operation of the network. When applied with cloud-driven networking and automation, administrators can quickly scale to provide productivity, availability, manageability, security, and speed, regardless of how distributed the network is.

We believe that understanding the followingnetwork has never been more vital than it is today. As administrators grapple with more data, coming from more places, more connected devices, and more Software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) based applications, the cloud is fundamental to establishing a new normal. Traditional network offerings are not well-suited to fulfill enterprise expectations for rapid delivery of new services, more flexible business models, real-time response, and massive scalability. As enterprises continue to migrate increasing numbers of applications and services to either private clouds or public clouds offered by third parties and to adopt new IT delivery models and applications, they are required to make fundamental network alterations and enhancements spanning from device access points (“AP”) to the network core.  In either case, the network infrastructure must adapt to this new dynamic environment. Intelligence and automation are key developments is helpfulif enterprises are to derive maximum benefit from their cloud deployments. Service providers are also investing in network enhancements with platforms and applications that deliver data insights, provide flexibility, and can quickly respond to new user demands and 5G use cases.


We believe Extreme stands to benefit from the use of its technology to manage distributed campus network architecture centrally from the cloud. Extreme has blended a dynamic fabric attach architecture, that delivers simplicity for moves and changes at the edge of the network, together with corporate-wide role-based policy. This enables customers to migrate to new cloud managed switching and Wi-Fi, agnostic of the existing networking or wireless equipment they already have installed. In the end, we expect these customers to see lower operating and capital expenditures, lower subscription costs, lower overall cost of ownership and more flexibility along with a more resilient network. We estimate the total addressable market for our Enterprise Networking solutions consisting of cloud networking, wireless local area networks (“WLAN”), data center networking, ethernet switching, campus local area networks (“LAN”), and software-defined wide area network (“SD-WAN”) solutions to be approximately $26 billion and growing at approximately five percent per year over the next three years.  In addition, 5G provides an understanding of our operating resultsestimated $3 billion serviceable available market for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2017.

Industry DevelopmentsService Provider Networking.

The networking industry appearsExtreme Strategy

The year 2020 resulted in unprecedented change – from the physical footprint of offices, to be invigorated by a wave of technological change:supply chain operations, to how we connect. Organizations and workforces extend anywhere and everywhere.  IT leaders are now tasked with ensuring the global, hybrid workforce is functional and successful no matter where they are and ensure people can work wherever they want.

Extreme has recognized that the way we and our customers communicate has changed and the new normal has given rise to these distributed enterprise environments, or in other words, the Infinite Enterprise, which has three key tenets:

Infinitely distributed connectivity is the enterprise-grade reliable connectivity that allows users to connect anywhere, from anywhere. It is always present, available and assured, while being secure and manageable.

Scalable cloud allows administrators to harness the power of the cloud to efficiently onboard, manage, orchestrate, troubleshoot the network, and find data and insights of the distributed connectivity at their pace in their way.

Consumer-centric experience designed to deliver a best-in-class experience to users who consume network services.

Ethernet (wiredExtreme’s broad product, solutions and wireless) has solidified its role in both publictechnology portfolio supports these three tenets and private networks through its scalability, adaptability and cost-effectiveness.At the same time, the enterprises and service providers expect the technology to follow a price-performance curve that mandates continued innovation by Ethernet vendors.

The mobile workforce continues to proliferate. Employees expect high-qualityinnovate and secure access to corporate resources in a BYOD world across a diversity of endpoints such as laptops, tablets, smart phones and wearables, whether they are within the corporate firewall or on-the-go.  With ExtremeManagement, IT departments focus their investment decisions on this mobile workforce, taking a unified view of wireless access, from the campus core and the data center.  Networking vendors offer end-to-end solutions that permit IT managers to meet employee expectations and to maximize IT return on investment.

Verticals such as healthcare, education, manufacturing, government, and hospitality, which includes sports and entertainment venues and retail are connecting with their customers and guests beyond the network. These enterprises are investing in guest and location technologies that connect with their customers via their mobile devices over their WLAN. This allowsevolve them to obtain rich analytics for contextual marketing, which in turn, enables them to deliver a personalized brand experience. ExtremeGuest™help businesses succeed.

Key elements of Extreme’s strategy and ExtremeLocation™ have been built on cloud-based technology for simple implementation and fast release to market to better provide necessary insights into guest demographics and location-based analytics.differentiation include:

Creating effortless networking solutions that allow all of us to advance.  We believe that progress is achieved when we connect—allowing us to learn, understand, create, and grow. We make connecting simple and easy with effortless networking experiences that enable all of us to advance how we live, work, and share.

Provide a differentiated end-to-end cloud architecture.  Cloud networking is estimated to be a $2 billion segment of the networking market and is projected to be the fastest growing part of the networking industry at approximately 20% per year over the next three years, according to data from 650 Group Market Research. Cloud management technology has evolved significantly over the past decade. We believe we deliver a combination of innovation, reliability, and security with the leading end-to-end cloud management platform powered by ML and AI that spans from the IoT edge to the enterprise data center. Key characteristics of our cloud architecture include:

o

A robust cloud management platform that delivers visibility, intelligence, and assurance from the IoT edge to the core.

o

Cloud Choice for customers: Our cloud networking solution is available on all major cloud providers (Amazon Web Services (“AWS”), Google Cloud Platform (“GCP”) and Microsoft Azure).

o

Unlimited Network Data plans for the length of the cloud subscription to improve an organization’s ability to make smarter, more effective business decisions.

o

Consumption Flexibility: Offer a range of financing and network purchase options. Our value-based subscription tiers (including Connect, Navigator and Pilot) provide customers with flexibility to grow as they go, as well as offer pool-able and portable licenses that can be transferred between products (e.g. access points and switches) at one fixed price.

o

“No 9s” Reliability and Resiliency to ensure business continuity for our customers.

o

Zero-Trust Security (Information Security Management (“ISO”) 27001 Certified).

Offer customers choice: public or private cloud, or on-premises. We leverage the cloud where it makes sense for our customers and provide on-premises solutions where customers need it and also have a solution for those who want to harness the power of both. Our hybrid approach gives our customers options to adapt the technology to their business. At the same time, all of our solutions have visibility, control and strategic information built in, all tightly integrated with a single view across all of the installed products. Our customers can understand what is going on across their network and applications in real time – who, when, and what is connected to the network - critical for bring your own device (“BYOD”) and IoT usage.

Highest value of cloud management subscriptions. ExtremeCloud IQ Pilot provides our customers with four key applications enabling organizations to eliminate overlays.


 

o

Growing usageExtreme AirDefense™ is a comprehensive wireless intrusion prevention system (“WIPS”) that simplifies the protection, monitoring and security of wireless networks. With the added Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy intrusion prevention, network administrators can address growing threats against bluetooth and low energy devices.

o

ExtremeLocation™ delivers proximity, presence and location-based services for advanced contact tracing in support of the cloud. Enterprises have migrated increasing numberslocation-intelligent enterprise.

o

ExtremeGuest™ is a comprehensive guest engagement solution that enables IT administrators to use analytical insights to engage visitors with personalized engagements.

o

Extreme IoT™ delivers simple and secure onboarding, profiling, segmentation and filtering of applicationsIoT devices on a production network.

Offers universal platforms for enterprise class switching and serviceswireless infrastructure. Extreme offers universal platforms which support multiple deployment use cases, providing flexibility and investment protection.

o

Universal switches (5520/5420) support fabric or traditional networking with a choice of cloud or on-premises (air-gapped or cloud connected) management.

o

Universal WiFi 6 APs (300/400 series) support campus or distributed deployments with a choice of cloud or on-premises (air-gapped or cloud connected) management.  

o

Universal licensing with one portable management license for any device and for any type of management.  For switches, OS feature licenses are portable, and bulk activated through ExtremeCloud IQ.

Enable a common fabric to either private clouds or public clouds offered by third parties.  In either case,simplify and automate the network.  Fabric technologies virtualize the network infrastructure must adapt(decoupling network services from physical connectivity) which enables network services to this new dynamic environment.  Intelligencebe turned up faster, with lower likelihood of error.  They make the underlying network much easier to design, implement, manage and automation are key if enterprises are to derive maximum benefit from their cloud deployments. Ethernet speeds, scaling from 10 Gigabits per second (“G”) to 40G and even 100G, provide the infrastructure for both private and public clouds. In addition, there is growing interest in software-defined networking (“SDN”) approaches that may include technologies such as OpenFlow, OpenStack, and CloudStack for increased network agility.troubleshoot.

End-to-End Portfolio. Our cloud-driven solutions provide visibility, control and strategic intelligence from the edge to the data center, across networks and applications. Our solutions include wired switching, wireless switching, wireless access points, WLAN controllers, routers, and an extensive portfolio of software applications that deliver AI-enhanced access control, network and application analytics, as well as network management. All can be managed, assessed and controlled from a single pane of glass on premises or from the cloud.

Provide high-quality “in-house” customer service and support. We seek to enhance customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty through high-quality service and support. This includes a wide range of standard support programs to the level of service our customers require, from standard business hours to global 24-hour-a-day, 365-days-a-year real-time responsive support.

Extend switching and routing technology leadership.  Our technological leadership is based on innovative switching, routing and wireless products, the depth and focus of our market experience and our operating systems - the software that runs on all of our networking products.  Our products reduce operating expenses for our customers and enable a more flexible and dynamic network environment that will help them meet the upcoming demands of IoT, mobile, and cloud.

Expand Wi-Fi technology leadership.  Wireless is today’s network access method of choice and every business must deal with scale, density and BYOD challenges. The network edge landscape is changing as the explosion of mobile devices increases the demand for mobile, transparent, and always-on wired to wireless edge services. The unified access layer requires distributed intelligent components to ensure that access control and resiliency of business services are available across the entire infrastructure and manageable from a single console. We are at a technology inflection point with the pending migration from Wi-Fi 5 solutions to Wi-Fi 6 (802.11ax), focused on providing more efficient access to the broad array of connected devices. We believe we have the industry’s broadest Wi-Fi 6 wireless portfolio providing intelligence for the wired/wireless edge and enhanced by our cloud architecture with machine learning and AI-driven insights.

Offer a superior quality of experience. Our network-powered application analytics provide actionable business insights by capturing and analyzing context-based data about the network and applications to deliver meaningful intelligence about applications, users, locations and devices. With an easy to comprehend dashboard, our applications help businesses turn their network into a strategic business asset that helps executives make faster and more effective decisions.

Expand market penetration by targeting high-growth market segments.  Within the campus, we focus on the mobile user, leveraging our automation capabilities and tracking WLAN growth.  Our data center approach leverages our product portfolio to address the needs of public and private cloud data center providers. We believe that the cloud networking compound annual growth rate will continue to outpace the compound annual growth rate for on-premises managed networking. Our focus is on expanding our technology foothold in the critical cloud networking segment to accelerate not only cloud management adoption, but also subscription-based licensing (SaaS) consumption.


Leverage and expand multiple distribution channels. We distribute our products through select distributors, a large number of resellers and system-integrators worldwide, as well as several large strategic partners. We maintain a field sales force to support our channel partners and to sell directly to certain strategic accounts. As an independent networking vendor, we seek to provide products that, when combined with the offerings of our channel partners, create compelling solutions for end-user customers.

Maintain and extend our strategic relationships. We have established strategic relationships with a number of industry-leading vendors to both, provide increased and enhanced routes to market, and collaboratively develop unique solutions.

Vendor consolidation is expectedAcquisition

On September On September 14, 2021 (the “Acquisition Date”), the Company completed its acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of Ipanematech SAS (“Ipanema”), the cloud-native enterprise Software-Defined Wide Area Network (“SD-WAN”) business unit of Infovista pursuant to continue.Consolidation of vendors within a Sale and Purchase Agreement (“the enterprise network equipment market and between adjacent markets (storage, security, wireless & voice software and applications) continues to gain momentum. We identified this trend in 2013 with our acquisition of Enterasys. Further, we believe customers are demanding more end-to-end, integrated networking solutions. To address this demand, we acquiredAgreement”).  Under the wireless local area network business (the “WLAN Business”) from Zebra Technologies Corporation in October 2016, Avaya’s fabric-based secure networking solutions and network security solutions business (the “Campus Fabric Business”) in July 2017, and Brocade’s data center business (the “Data Center Business”) in October 2017.

We seek to differentiate ourselves in the market by delivering a value proposition based on a software-driven approach to network management, control and analytics.

Our key points of differentiation include:

Data Center to access edge wired and wireless solutions.  The additionterms of the WLAN Business,Acquisition, the Campus Fabric Businessnet consideration paid by Extreme to Ipanema stockholders was $70.9 million. The primary reason for the acquisition was to acquire the talent and the Data Center Businesstechnology which will allow Extremeus to offer a complete, unifiedexpand our portfolio of software-driven network access solutions.   We offer the latest in wireless access points for both outdoorwith new cloud-managed SD-WAN and indoor use plus a complete line of switches for the Campus, Core and Data Center.      

Multi-vendor management from a “single pane-of-glass”.  Extreme’s Management Center (“EMC”) is a single unified management system that is designed to provide visibility, security and control across the entire network.  This can make the network easier to manage and troubleshoot, often with lower operating expenses. Extreme’s software can manage third-party vendors’ network devices, including Campus Fabric products, enabling our customers to potentially maximize device lifespan and protect investments.

Software-driven vertical solutions. Extreme’s software-driven solutions are designed to be easily adaptable to vertical solutions in industries such as healthcare, education, manufacturing, retail, transportation and logistics, government and hospitality.  Extreme solutions are also designed to be well-suited for vertical-specific partners in these industries.

Application-aware Quality of Service (“QoS”) and analytics. Extreme has innovative analytic software that enables our customers to see application usage across the network and apply policies that maximize network capabilities.  This allows our customers to improve the user experience.

Built-in identity and access control.  ExtremeControl™, a network access control, and identity management solution is delivered with the wired and wireless hardware. This may reduce the need to add on expensive software or hardware that may require complex compatibility testing.

Easier policy assignment and SDN.  ExtremeControl™ and ExtremeManagement™ software allow our customers to assign policy across the entire network.  The SDN component adds versatility for implementing policies that increase network utilization.

100% in-sourced tech support.  ExtremeWorks™ delivers best in class customer support in the industry with 92% first call resolution through a 100% in-sourced support model.  

Extreme sells products primarily through an ecosystem of channel partners which combine our Ethernet, wireless and management and software analytics products with their vertical-specific offerings to create IT solutions for end usersupport our enterprise customers.

Acquisitions 

Campus Fabric

On July 14, 2017 (“Avaya Closing Date”), we completed the acquisition of Avaya Inc’s. fabric-based secure networking solutions and network security solutions business (the “Campus Fabric Business”), that had been announced on March 7, 2017, and funds were remitted to Avaya pursuant to the Avaya Purchase Agreement. We acquired customers, employees, technology and other assets, as well as assumed contracts and other liabilities of the Campus Fabric Business, for a purchase price of $79.8 million,


including all adjustments.  Pursuant to certain ancillary agreements, Avaya also provides us transition services for a period of time following the Avaya Closing Date.  See Note 2. Business Combination for additional information.

The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting whereby the acquired assets and liabilities of the Campus Fabric Business is recorded at their respective fair values and added to those of ours including an amount for goodwill representing the difference between the acquisition consideration and the fair value of the identifiable net assets.  Results of operations of the Campus Fabric Business are included in our operations beginning with the Avaya Closing Date.

During the three months and six months ended December 31, 2017, we recognized acquisition and integration costs of $6.6 million and $9.5 million, respectively, related to the Campus Fabric Business which is included in “Acquisition and integration costs, net of bargain purchase gain” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.     

Data Center Business

On October 27, 2017 (“Brocade Closing Date”), we completed our acquisition of Brocade Communication Systems, Inc.’s (“Brocade”) Data Center Business that had been announced on October 3, 2017.  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Brocade Asset Purchase Agreement, we acquired customers, employees, technology and other assets of the Data Center Business, as well as assumed certain contracts and other liabilities of the Data Center Business, for an upfront cash closing payment equal to $23.0 million, plus deferred payments of $20.0 million to be paid $1.0 million per quarter for 20 quarters following the Brocade Closing Date, plus quarterly earn out payments equal to 50% of profits of the Data Center Business for the five-year period commencing at the end of our first full fiscal quarter following the Brocade Closing Date. Pursuant to certain ancillary agreements, Brocade also provides us with transition services for a period of time following the Brocade Closing Date.  See Note 2. Business Combination for additional information.

The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting whereby the acquired assets and liabilities of the Data Center Business is recorded at their respective fair values and added to those of ours including an amount for goodwill representing the difference between the acquisition consideration and the fair value of the identifiable net assets.  Results of operations of the Data Center Business are included in our operations beginning with the Closing Date.

During the three and six months ended December 31, 2017, we recognized acquisition costs of $32.5 million and $33.8 million, respectively, including a $25.0 million consent fee paid to Broadcom Corporation (“Broadcom”), to terminate a previous asset purchase agreement entered into by the Company to purchase the Data Center Business from Broadcom, in anticipation of Broadcom’s acquisition of Brocade. The fee was paid to Broadcom to allow the Company to buy the Data Center Business directly from Brocade. Acquisitions costs are included in “Acquisition and integration costs, net of bargain purchase gain” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.

Key Financial Metrics

During the secondfirst quarter of fiscal 2018,2022, we reflectedachieved the following results:

Net revenues of $231.1 million compared to $156.4 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2017.

Net revenues of $267.7 million compared to $235.8 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Product revenues of $174.9 million compared to $118.1 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2017.

Product revenues of $185.2 million compared to $161.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Service revenues of $56.3 million compared to $38.3 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2017.

Service and subscription revenues of $82.5 million compared to $74.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Total gross margin of 55.8% of net revenues compared to 50.9% of net revenues in the second quarter of fiscal 2017.

Total gross margin of 58.1% of net revenues compared to 57.3% of net revenues in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Operating loss of $31.1 million compared to operating loss $3.0 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2017.

Operating income of $18.4 million compared to operating loss of $0.1 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Net loss of $31.9 million compared to a net loss of $4.2 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2017.

Net income of $12.7 million compared to net loss of $8.8 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Cash flow provided by operating activities of $14.2 million compared to $19.3 million in the six months ended December 31, 2016.

Cash flows provided by operating activities of $40.3 million compared to $24.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2020.  

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $128.2 million compared to $130.5 million as of June 30, 2017.

Cash of $191.3 million as of September 30, 2021 compared to $246.9 million as of June 30, 2021.

 

Net Revenues


The following table presents net product and service revenueand subscription revenues for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

$

174,850

 

 

$

118,055

 

 

$

56,795

 

 

 

48.1

%

 

$

339,624

 

 

$

208,148

 

 

$

131,476

 

 

 

63.2

%

Percentage of net revenue

 

 

75.7

%

 

 

75.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76.7

%

 

 

74.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

 

56,273

 

 

 

38,322

 

 

 

17,951

 

 

 

46.8

%

 

 

103,214

 

 

 

70,833

 

 

 

32,381

 

 

 

45.7

%

Percentage of net revenue

 

 

24.3

%

 

 

24.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.3

%

 

 

25.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net revenues

 

$

231,123

 

 

$

156,377

 

 

$

74,746

 

 

 

47.8

%

 

$

442,838

 

 

$

278,981

 

 

$

163,857

 

 

 

58.7

%

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

 

 

Net revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

$

185,161

 

 

$

161,396

 

 

$

23,765

 

 

 

14.7

%

 

 

Percentage of net revenues

 

 

69.2

%

 

 

68.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service and subscription

 

 

82,523

 

 

 

74,406

 

 

 

8,117

 

 

 

10.9

%

 

 

Percentage of net revenues

 

 

30.8

%

 

 

31.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net revenues

 

$

267,684

 

 

$

235,802

 

 

$

31,882

 

 

 

13.5

%

 

 

Product revenues increased $56.8$23.8 million or 48.1%14.7% for the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period of fiscal 2017. Product2021. The product revenues increased $131.5 million or 63.2%increase for the sixthree months ended December 31, 2017as comparedSeptember 30, 2021 was primarily due to the material slow-down in global demand during the corresponding period of fiscal 2017. The increase in product revenues for both periods of fiscal 2018 were attributable to low single digit organic growth and growth related2021 due to the acquisitionsglobal outbreak of the WLAN Business, Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business.COVID-19.

Service and subscription revenues increased $18.0$8.1 million, or 46.8%10.9% for the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 as compared to the corresponding period ofin fiscal 2017. Service revenues increased $32.4 million or 45.7% for the six months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the corresponding period of fiscal 2017. 2021. The increase in service revenue for both periods of fiscal 2018 wereand subscription revenues was primarily due to the increased number of service contracts acquired as a result of the acquisitions of the WLAN Business, Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business.growth in subscription revenues.

The following table presents the product and service and subscription, gross profit and the respective gross profit percentages for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

$

96,378

 

 

$

55,428

 

 

$

40,950

 

 

 

73.9

%

 

$

181,107

 

 

$

101,272

 

 

$

79,835

 

 

 

78.8

%

Percentage of product revenue

 

 

55.1

%

 

 

47.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53.3

%

 

 

48.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

 

32,608

 

 

 

24,224

 

 

 

8,384

 

 

 

34.6

%

 

 

60,260

 

 

 

44,266

 

 

 

15,994

 

 

 

36.1

%

Percentage of service revenue

 

 

57.9

%

 

 

63.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58.4

%

 

 

62.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross profit

 

$

128,986

 

 

$

79,652

 

 

$

49,334

 

 

 

61.9

%

 

$

241,367

 

 

$

145,538

 

 

$

95,829

 

 

 

65.8

%

Percentage of net revenue

 

 

55.8

%

 

 

50.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54.5

%

 

 

52.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

Gross profit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

$

104,217

 

 

$

88,001

 

 

$

16,216

 

 

 

18.4

%

Percentage of product revenues

 

 

56.3

%

 

 

54.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service and subscription

 

 

51,386

 

 

 

47,017

 

 

 

4,369

 

 

 

9.3

%

Percentage of service and subscription revenues

 

 

62.3

%

 

 

63.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross profit

 

$

155,603

 

 

$

135,018

 

 

$

20,585

 

 

 

15.2

%

Percentage of net revenues

 

 

58.1

%

 

 

57.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product gross profit increased $41.0$16.2 million or 73.9%18.4% for the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2017, primarily due to the acquisitions of the WLAN Business, the Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business and the corresponding revenues attributed to those acquisitions, more favorable manufacturing costs due to cost reduction efforts and a decrease in integration costs of $3.9 million including excess inventory charges related to the discontinuance of certain product lines due to the acquisition of the Data Center Business as opposed to the same charges incurred related to the acquisition of the WLAN Business in the corresponding period in fiscal 2017.2021. The increasesincrease in product gross profit was primarily due to increased revenues along with lower distribution charges of $0.5 million, which were partially offset by increases inmainly due to decreased tariffs, lower excess and obsolete inventory charges of $0.6 million, lower warranty costs of $0.4 million and lower amortization of developed technology intangibles of $2.2 milliondue to certain intangibles being fully depreciated.

Service and warranty charges of $1.0 million.

Productsubscription gross profit increased $79.8$4.4 million or 78.8% for the six months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the corresponding period of fiscal 2017, primarily due to the acquisitions of the WLAN Business, Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business and the corresponding revenues attributed to those acquisitions and more favorable manufacturing costs due to cost reduction efforts. The increases in product gross profit were partially offset by increases in warranty charges of $2.7 million, royalty charges of $1.4 million, amortization of developed technology intangibles of $1.1 million, and integration costs of $0.9 million including excess inventory charges related to the discontinuance of certain product lines due to the acquisitions of the Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business as opposed to the same charges incurred related to the acquisition of the WLAN Business in the corresponding period in fiscal 2017.

Service gross profit increased $8.4 million or 34.6%9.3% for the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2017, 2021. The increase was primarily due to the acquisitions of the WLAN Business, Campus Fabric Businessincreased service and the Data Center Business as a result ofsubscription revenues, partially offset by higher number of maintenance contracts.


Service gross profitpersonnel costs, professional fees and increased $16.0 million or 36.1% for the six months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2017, primarily due the acquisitions of the WLAN Business, Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business as a result of higher number of maintenance contracts.cloud service costs.

Operating Expenses

The following table presents operating expenses for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

Research and development

 

$

45,907

 

 

$

24,013

 

 

$

21,894

 

 

 

91.2

%

 

$

80,192

 

 

$

42,312

 

 

$

37,880

 

 

 

89.5

%

 

$

47,766

 

 

$

49,524

 

 

$

(1,758

)

 

 

(3.5

)%

Sales and marketing

 

 

65,659

 

 

 

41,025

 

 

 

24,634

 

 

 

60.0

%

 

 

121,220

 

 

 

77,884

 

 

 

43,336

 

 

 

55.6

%

 

 

69,527

 

 

 

64,325

 

 

 

5,202

 

 

 

8.1

%

General and administrative

 

 

11,669

 

 

 

9,397

 

 

 

2,272

 

 

 

24.2

%

 

 

23,854

 

 

 

17,684

 

 

 

6,170

 

 

 

34.9

%

 

 

17,003

 

 

 

16,461

 

 

 

542

 

 

 

3.3

%

Acquisition and integration costs, net of bargain purchase gain

 

 

34,115

 

 

 

4,169

 

 

 

29,946

 

 

 

718.3

%

 

 

38,359

 

 

 

6,490

 

 

 

31,869

 

 

 

491.0

%

Restructuring and related charges, net of reversals

 

 

 

 

 

1,853

 

 

 

(1,853

)

 

 

(100.0

)%

 

 

 

 

 

1,853

 

 

 

(1,853

)

 

 

(100.0

)%

Acquisition and integration costs

 

 

1,510

 

 

 

1,975

 

 

 

(465

)

 

 

(23.5

)%

Restructuring and related charges

 

 

279

 

 

 

1,001

 

 

 

(722

)

 

 

(72.1

)%

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

2,746

 

 

 

2,175

 

 

 

571

 

 

 

26.3

%

 

 

4,360

 

 

 

6,317

 

 

 

(1,957

)

 

 

(31.0

)%

 

 

1,154

 

 

 

1,792

 

 

 

(638

)

 

 

(35.6

)%

Total operating expenses

 

$

160,096

 

 

$

82,632

 

 

$

77,464

 

 

 

93.7

%

 

$

267,985

 

 

$

152,540

 

 

$

115,445

 

 

 

75.7

%

 

$

137,239

 

 

$

135,078

 

 

$

2,161

 

 

 

1.6

%

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salariespersonnel costs (which consist of compensation, benefits and related personnel expenses,share-based compensation), consultant fees and prototype expenses related to the design, development, and testing of our products.

Research and development expenses increaseddecreased by $21.9$1.8 million or 91.2%3.5% for the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period ofin fiscal 2017.2021. The increasedecrease in research and development expenses was due to higher personnel costs (which consists of compensation, benefits and non-cash stock based compensation) of $18.5a $1.3 million due to increased headcount related to the acquisitions of the WLAN Business, the Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business, $2.8 milliondecrease in increased facility and information technology costs and a $1.4 million decrease in software licenses and engineering project costs which lowered depreciation expense, partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in professional and contractor fees and a $0.4 million in increased supplies and equipment costs and $0.2 million in increased travel and other costs.

Research and development expenses increased by $37.9 million or 89.5% for the six months ended December 31, 2017as compared to the corresponding period of fiscal 2017.  The increase in research and development expenses was due to higher personnel costs (which consists of compensation, benefits and non-cash stock based compensation) of $29.7 million due to increased headcount related to the acquisitions of the WLAN Business, the Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business, $5.3 million in increased facility and information technology costs, $1.8 million in increased supplies and equipment costs and $1.1 million in increased travel and other costs.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, commissionspersonnel costs (which consist of compensation, benefits and related expenses for personnel engaged in marketing and sales functions,share-based compensation), as well as trade shows and promotional expenses.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $24.6$5.2 million or 60.0%8.1% for the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period ofin fiscal 2017 three and six months ended December 31, 2017 primarily as a result of the acquisitions of the WLAN Business, the Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business.2021. The increase consisted of higher personnel costs including benefits and non-cash stock compensation of $18.5 million, $3.0 million in increased travel, meeting and conference costs, and $1.8 million in increased facility and information technology costs and $0.9 million in additional professional fees.

Salessales and marketing expenses increased by $43.3 was primarily due to a $4.1 million or 55.6% for the six months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the corresponding period of fiscal 2017 three and six months ended December 31, 2017 primarily as a result of the acquisitions of the WLAN Business, the Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business.  The increase consisted of higherin personnel costs includingprimarily due to higher compensation and benefits costs due to increase in headcount, a $1.0 million increase in travel costs and non-cash stock compensation of $30.9a $0.4 million $6.7 increase in other expenses primarily marketing and sales promotions costs, partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in increased travel, meeting and conference costs, $3.4 million in increased facility and information technology costs and $2.1 million in additional professional fees.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expense consistsexpenses consist primarily of personnel costs (which consist of compensation, benefits and share-based compensation), legal and professional service costs, share-based compensation, travel and facilities and information technology costs.


General and administrative expenses increased by $2.3$0.5 million or 24.2%3.3% for the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period ofin fiscal 20172021. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to $1.6a $1.2 million increase in higherpersonnel costs primarily compensation benefits and non-cash stock based compensation,expenses partially offset by a $0.7 million decrease in higher bad debts provision, $0.3 million in higherlegal and professional fees and $0.3 million in reduced facility and information technology costs.

General and administrative expenses increased by $6.2 million or 34.9% for the six months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the corresponding period of fiscal 2017 primarily due to $3.8 million in higher compensation, benefits and non-cash stock based compensation, $1.3 million in higher professional fees and $1.1 million in higher bad debts provision.fees.

Acquisition and Integration Costs, Net of Bargain Purchase Gain

During the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021, we incurred $1.5 million of integration costs which consisted primarily of professional fees for legal advisory services and 2016,financial services related to the acquisition of Ipanema.

During the three months ended September 30, 2020, we recorded $34.1incurred $2.0 million and $4.2 million, respectively, of acquisition and integration costs. Acquisition and integration costs consisted primarily of additional professional fees for system integration and financial services related to Aerohive acquisition.

Restructuring and Related Charges

For the three months ended September 30, 2021, we recorded restructuring and related charges of $0.3 million which primarily comprised of facility-related charges related to our previously impaired facilities.

For the three months ended December 31, 2017,September 30, 2020, we incurred $4.6 millionrecorded restructuring charges of acquisition$1.0 million. We continued our reduction-in-force initiative began in the third quarter of fiscal 2020 and $1.9 millionrecorded related severance and benefits charges of integration costs related to the acquisition of the Campus Fabric Business and $30.3 million of acquisition and $2.2 million of integration costs related to the acquisition of the Data Center Business.  The Data Center Business acquisition costs includes a $25.0 million consent fee paid to Broadcom, to terminate a previous asset purchase agreement entered into by the Company to purchase the Data Center Business from Broadcom, in anticipation of Broadcom’s acquisition of Brocade. The fee was paid to Broadcom to allow the Company to buy the Data Center Business directly from Brocade. Included in Acquisition and Integration Costs is a gain on bargain purchase of $4.9$0.7 million related to the acquisition2020 Plan. In addition, we had facility-related charges of the capital financing business (“CF Business”).

Expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2016 consisted primarily of legal and accounting services associated with the acquisition of the WLAN Business.

During the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we recorded $38.4 million and $6.5 million, respectively, of acquisition and integration costs.

For the six months ended December 31, 2017, we incurred $5.9 million of acquisition and $3.4 million of integration costs related to the acquisition of the Campus Fabric Business and $31.6 million of acquisition and $2.2 million of integration costs related to the acquisition of the Data Center Business. We also recorded a gain on bargain purchase of $4.9$0.3 million related to the acquisition of the CF Business.

Expenses for the six months ended December 31, 2016 consisted primarily of legal and accounting services associated with the acquisition of the WLAN Business.

Restructuring and Related Charges, Net of Reversals

No restructuring charges were recorded for the three or six months ended December 31, 2017.

For the three and six months ended December 31, 2016, we incurred $1.9 million in restructuring and other charges including accelerated depreciation of leasehold improvements and fixed assets in the amount of $1.7 million and adjustments to estimated sub-lease income to be received related to the estimated future obligations for non-cancelable lease payments for excess facilities of $0.1 million.our previously impaired facilities.

Amortization of Intangibles

During the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 and 2016,2020, we recorded $2.7$1.2 million and $2.2$1.8 million, respectively, of operating expenses for amortization of our intangibles. The increasedecrease was mainlyprimarily due to additionallower amortization related to thecertain acquired intangibles from the Campus Fabric and the Data Center Business, partially offset by the acquired intangibles from the Enterasys acquisitionprevious acquisitions becoming fully amortized.

During the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we recorded $4.4 million and $6.3 million, respectively of amortization expense as operating expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.  The reduction was due to the acquired intangibles from the Enterasys acquisition becoming fully amortized, partially offset by additional amortization related to the acquired intangibles from the Campus Fabric and the Data Center Business.

Interest Expense

During the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 and 2016,2020, we recorded $2.5$3.9 million and $1.2$6.7 million, respectively, in interest expense.  The increasedecreases in interest expense waswere primarily in connection withdriven by lower average loan balances and lower average rates for the increased balance of our Credit Facility due to the acquisitions of the Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business.


During the sixthree months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we recorded $4.7 million and $1.8 million, respectively, in interest expense.  The increase in interest expense was primarily in connection with the increased balance ofSeptember 30, 2021under our 2019 Credit Facility due to the acquisitions of the WLAN Business, the Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business.Agreement.

Other Income (Expense), Net

During the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 and 2016,2020, we recorded expenseother income, net of $0.6$0.2 million and incomeother expense, net of $1.0$0.9 million, respectively, in other income (expense), net. respectively.The changechanges for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was primarily due to foreign exchange gains and losses from the revaluation of certain assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. Dollars.

During the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we recorded income of 2.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively, in other income (expense), net. The income for fiscal 2018 period was primarily driven by a gain of $3.8 million due to the sale of non-marketable equity investment, partially offset by foreign exchange losses.  The income for fiscal 2017 period was primarily due to foreign exchange gains from the revaluation of certain assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. Dollars.  

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

For the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 and 2016,2020, we recorded an income tax benefitprovision of $1.6$2.1 million and an$1.3 million, respectively.

The income tax provisionprovisions for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 consisted of $1.2 million, respectively, which consisted primarily of(1) taxes on the income of our foreign subsidiaries, as well as(2) foreign withholding taxes, (3) state taxes in jurisdictions where we have no remaining state net operating losses and (4) tax expense associated with the establishment of a U.S. deferred tax liability for amortizable goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Enterasys Networks, Inc., the WLAN Business, and the Campus Fabric Business.  The tax provision forBusiness and the three months ended December 31, 2017 is offset by a tax benefit resulting from the reduction of the U.S. Federal tax rate from 35% to 21% applied to our deferred tax liability related to amortizable goodwill as required by the recently enacted U.S. tax legislation discussed in Note 10 of the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements. The income tax provisions for both fiscal years were calculated based on the actual results of operations for the three months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and therefore may not reflect the annual effective tax rate.Data Center Business.

For the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we recorded an income tax provision of $0.1 million and $2.1 million, respectively, which consisted primarily of taxes on the income of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries as well as tax expense associated with the establishment of a U.S. deferred tax liability for amortizable goodwill resulting from the acquisitions referenced above.  The income tax provision for the six months ended December 31, 2017 is offset by the tax benefit referenced above.

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed and enacted into law H.R. 1, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”), which, except for certain provisions, is effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2018. As a fiscal year taxpayer, we will not be subject to the majority of the tax law provisions until fiscal year 2019; however, there are certain significant items of impact that will be recognized in fiscal year 2018. Because a change in tax law is accounted for in the period of enactment, the effects of the TCJA, a tax benefit of $2.5 million, have been reflected in the second quarter of fiscal 2018. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements includes a detailed discussion of the various provisions of the new U.S. tax legislation.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this reportReport are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted under SEC rules and regulations. The preparation of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could have reasonably used different accounting estimates, and in other instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.


As discussed in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2017,2021, we consider the following accounting policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing our consolidated financial statements:

Revenue Recognition

Goodwill

Share-based Payments


Revenue Recognition

 

Business CombinationsInventory Valuation and Purchase Commitments

Restructuring Charges

The followingThere have been no changes to our critical accounting policies are the only change since the filing of our last Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Revenue Recognition

We account for revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which we adopted on July 1, 2017, using the full retrospective method.  The adoption of this ASC, which we opted to early adopt pursuant to the guidance, requires us, among other things to restate prior periods to conform to current presentation and the adoption of ASC 606 is considered an accounting change. Under ASC 606 revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services and is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received in exchange for such goods or services.

We derive the majority of our revenue from sales of our networking equipment, with the remaining revenue generated from service fees relating to maintenance contracts, professional services, and training for our products. We sell our products and maintenance contracts to partners in two distribution channels, or tiers. The first tier consists of a limited number of independent distributors that stock our products and sell primarily to resellers.  The second tier of the distribution channel consists of a non-stocking distributors and value-added resellers that sell directly to end-users.  Products and services may be sold separately or in bundled packages.  

We consider customer purchase orders, which in some cases are governed by master sales agreements, to be the contracts with a customer. For each contract, we consider the promise to transfer products, each of which are distinct, to be the identified performance obligations. In determining the transaction price we evaluate whether the price is subject to refund or adjustment to determine the net consideration to which we expect to be entitled.

For all of our sales and distribution channels, revenue is recognized when control of the product is transferred to the customer (i.e. when our performance obligation is satisfied), which typically occurs at shipment for product sales.  For product sales to our value-added resellers, non-stocking distributors and end-user customers, we generally do not grant return privileges, except for defective products during the warranty period.  Sales incentives and other programs that we may make available to these customers are considered to be a form of variable consideration and we maintain estimated accruals and allowances using the expected value method.  

Sales to stocking distributors are made under terms allowing certain price adjustments and limited rights of return (known as “stock rotation”) of the Company’s products held in their inventory. Revenue from sales to distributors is recognized upon the transfer of control to the distributor. Frequently, distributors need to sell at a price lower than the contractual distribution price in order to win business, and submits rebate requests for Company pre-approval prior to selling the product through at the discounted price. At the time the distributor invoices its customer or soon thereafter, the distributor submits a rebate claim to the Company to adjust the distributor’s cost from the contractual price to the pre-approved lower price. After the Company verifies that the claim was pre-approved, a credit memo is issued to the distributor for the rebate claim. In determining the transaction price, the Company considers these rebate adjustments to be variable consideration. Such price adjustments are estimated using the expected value method based on an analysis of actual claims, at the distributor level over a trailing twelve-month period of time considered adequate to account for current pricing and business trends. Stock rotation rights grant the distributor the ability to return certain specified amounts of inventory. Stock rotation adjustments are an additional form of variable consideration and are also estimated using the expected value method based on historical return rates The Company did not experience significant differences in its estimates during the six months ended December 31, 2017.  For additional information, see Note 3, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

Business Combinations

We apply the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Under this method of accounting, all assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values at the date of the completion of the transaction. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, intangibles and other asset lives, among other items. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (an exit price). Market participants are assumed to be buyers and sellers in the principal (most advantageous) market for the asset or liability. Additionally, fair value measurements for an asset assume the highest and best use of that asset by market participants. As a result, we may have been required to value the acquired assets at fair value measures that do not reflect its intended use of those assets. Use of different estimates and judgments could yield different results. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. If the fair value of net assets acquired exceeds the fair value of purchase price, a gain on bargain purchase is recognized in the statements of operations. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made are reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part


on historical experience and information that may be obtained from the management of the acquired company and are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to our consolidated statements of operations.

New Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 4 of the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements for a full description of new accounting pronouncements, including the respective expected dates of adoption and effects on results of operations and financial condition.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table summarizes information regarding our cash cash equivalents, marketable securities, and working capital (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

June 30,

2017

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

127,108

 

 

$

130,450

 

Marketable securities

 

 

1,104

 

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalent and marketable securities

 

$

128,212

 

 

$

130,450

 

Working capital

 

$

43,889

 

 

$

85,637

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

June 30,

2021

 

Cash

 

$

191,349

 

 

$

246,894

 

As of December 31, 2017,September 30, 2021, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash cash equivalentsof $191.3 million and marketable securities of $128.2 million, accounts receivable, net of $154.9$129.6 million, and availability available borrowings under our five-year 2019 Revolving Facility of borrowings from the five-year revolving credit facility (“Revolver”) of $48.8$60.2 million. Our principal uses of cash will include repayments of debt and related interest,the purchase of finished goods inventory from our contract manufacturers, payroll restructuring expenses and other operating expenses related to the development and marketing of our products, and purchases of property and equipment.equipment, and repayments of debt and related interest. We believe that our $128.2$191.3 million of cash at September 30, 2021, our cash equivalents and marketable securities at December 31, 2017, cash flowsflow from operations, along withand the availability of borrowings from the Revolver2019 Revolving Facility will be sufficient to fund our principal uses of cashplanned operations for at least the next 12 months.

On July 14, 2017,November 2, 2018, our Board of Directors announced that it had authorized management to repurchase up to $60.0 million of its shares of common stock for two years from the date of authorization, of which $15.0 million was used for repurchases in fiscal 2019 and $30.0 million was used for repurchases in fiscal 2020. In February 2020, our Board of Directors increased the authorization to repurchase by $40.0 million to $100.0 million and extended the period for repurchases for three years from February 5, 2020. Purchases may be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The manner, timing and amount of any future purchases will be determined by our management based on their evaluation of market conditions, stock price, Extreme’s ongoing determination that it is the best use of available cash and other factors. The repurchase program does not obligate Extreme to acquire any shares of its common stock, may be suspended or terminated at any time without prior notice and will be subject to regulatory considerations. There were no repurchases in the three months ended September 30, 2021.

In connection with the closing of the acquisition of Aerohive, as of August 9, 2019, we amended the Campus Fabric Business, we2018 Credit Agreement, which is no longer outstanding, and entered into the Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated2019 Credit Agreement, (“Second Amendment”), which amends the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2016 (as amended, the “Credit Facility”), by and among us, as borrower, several banks and other financial institutions as Lenders, BMO Harris Bank N.A., as an issuing lender and swingline lender, Silicon Valley Bank, as an Issuing Lender, and Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent and collateral agent andfor the Lenders. Among other things, the Second Amendment (i) increased the amount of the available borrowing under theThe 2019 Credit Facility from $140.5 million to $243.7 million, consisted of (a) theAgreement provides for a five-year first lien term loan (“Term Loan”) facilitiesfacility in aan aggregate principal amount of up to $183.7$380.0 million and (b) the Revolvera five-year revolving loan facility in aan aggregate principal amount of up$75.0 million (“2019 Revolving Facility”).  In addition, we may request incremental term loans and/or incremental revolving loan commitments in an aggregate amount not to $60.0exceed the sum of $100.0 million (ii) extendsplus an unlimited amount that is subject to pro forma compliance with certain financial tests.  On August 9, 2019, we used the maturity date under the existing Term Loan and the termination date under the existing Revolver until July 2022, (iii) provides for an uncommitted additional incremental loan facility in a principal amount of up to $50.0 million (“Incremental Facility”), and (iv) joins certain additional banks, financial institutions and institutional lenders as Lenders pursuant to the terms of the Credit Facility.  On July 14, 2017, we borrowed $80.0 million under the Term Loan which was used to fund the purchase of Campus Fabric Business.  

On October 26, 2017, we entered into the Third Amendment to the Credit Facility (the “Third Amendment”).  Among other things, the Third Amendment (i) amends the negative covenant governing dispositions to increase the general dispositions basket for our fiscal year ending June 30, 2018, and (ii) amends certain definitions and provisions to update certain references to the Brocade Purchase Agreement.  On October 27, 2017, we borrowed $20.0 million on the Term Loanproceeds to partially fund the acquisition of Aerohive and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

At our election, the Data Center Business.

Borrowingsinitial term loan (the “Initial Term Loan”) under the Term Loan bear interest, at our option, at a2019 Credit Agreement may be made as either base rate equalloans or Eurodollar loans. The applicable margin for base rate loans ranges from 0.25% to either2.50% per annum and the LIBOR rate (subjectapplicable margin for Eurodollar loans ranges from 1.25% to 3.50%, in each case based on Extreme’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio. All Eurodollar loans are subject to a 0.0% LIBOR floor), plus an applicable margin (currently 3.25% per annum) or the adjusted base rate, plus an applicable margin (currently 1.25% per annum)Base Rate floor of 0.00%.  Borrowings under the Revolver bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to either the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin (currently 3.25% per annum) or the adjusted base rate, plus an applicable margin (currently 1.25% per annum based). The Revolver has a commitment fee payable on the undrawn amount ranging from 0.375% to 0.50% per annum.

If not repaid earlier, the borrowings on the Revolver shall be repaid on the termination date. The2019 Credit FacilityAgreement is secured by substantially all of our assets and is jointly and severally guaranteed by us and certain of our subsidiaries.assets.


The 2019 Credit Facility contains financial covenants that requireAgreement requires us to maintain acertain minimum Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and a Consolidated Quick Ratio and a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio as well as several other financial and non-financialratios at the end of each fiscal quarter. The 2019 Credit Agreement also includes covenants and restrictions that limit, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens upon any of our property, merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets, etc.  These covenants, are subject to certain exceptions.

assets. The 2019 Credit FacilityAgreement also includes customary events of default including failure to pay principal, interest or fees when due, failure to comply with covenants, if any representation or warranty made by us is false or misleadingwhich may result in any material respect, certain insolvency or receivership events affecting us and our subsidiaries, the occurrence of certain material judgments, the occurrence of certain ERISA events, the invalidityacceleration of the loan documents or a change in control of us.  The amounts outstanding balance.

Financial covenants under the 2019 Credit Facility may be acceleratedAgreement require us to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge and consolidated leverage ratio at the end of each fiscal quarter through maturity.  The 2019 Credit Agreement also includes covenants and restrictions that limit, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens upon certainany of our property, merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets.  The 2019 Credit Agreement also includes customary events of default. AtDecemberdefault which may result in acceleration of the outstanding balance.

On April 8, 2020, we entered into the First Amendment to waive certain terms and financial covenants of the 2019 Credit Agreement through July 31, 2017,2020. On May 8, 2020, we entered into the Second Amendment which superseded the First Amendment and provided certain revised terms and financial covenants through March 31, 2021. Subsequent to March 31, 2021, the original terms


and financial covenants under the 2019 Credit Agreement resumed in effect. The Second Amendment required us to maintain certain minimum cash requirement and certain financial metrics at the end of each fiscal quarter through March 31, 2021.  Under the terms of the Second Amendment, we were not permitted to exceed $55.0 million in our outstanding balance under the 2019 Revolving Facility, the applicable margin for Eurodollar rate was 4.5% and we were restricted from pursuing certain activities such as incurring additional debt, stock repurchases, making acquisitions or declaring a dividend, until we are in compliance with the original covenants of the 2019 Credit FacilityAgreement. On November 3, 2020, we and they are not expectedour lenders entered into the Third Amendment to impactincrease the sublimit for letters of credit to $20.0 million. On December 8, 2020, we and our liquidity or capital resources.lenders entered into the Fourth Amendment to waive and amend certain terms and financial covenants within the 2019 Credit Agreement through March 31, 2021.

The Second Amendment provided for us to end the covenant Suspension Period early and revert to the covenants and interest rates per the original terms of the 2019 Credit Agreement dated August 9, 2019 by filing a Suspension Period Early Termination Notice and Covenant Certificate demonstrating compliance. For the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2021 our financial performance was in compliance with the original covenants defined in the 2019 Credit Agreement and as such we filed a Suspension Early Termination Notice and Covenant Certificate with the administration agent subsequent to filing our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2021.  Returning to compliance with the covenants per the original terms of the 2019 Credit Agreement dated August 9, 2019, resulted in our Eurodollar loan spread decreasing from 4.5% during the suspension period to 2.75% and unused facility commitment fee decreasing from 0.4% to 0.35%, and the limitation on revolver borrowings being removed effective May 1, 2021 after filing of the certificate with the administrative agent.

Key Components of Cash Flows and Liquidity

A summary of the sources and uses of cash and cash equivalents is as follows (in thousands):

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

(As adjusted)

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

14,248

 

 

$

19,288

 

 

$

40,255

 

 

$

24,745

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(105,968

)

 

 

(55,750

)

 

 

(72,927

)

 

 

(3,023

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

88,284

 

 

 

46,241

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(22,682

)

 

 

(22,772

)

Foreign currency effect on cash

 

 

94

 

 

 

(115

)

 

 

(191

)

 

 

294

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(3,342

)

 

$

9,664

 

Net decrease in cash

 

$

(55,545

)

 

$

(756

)

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Cash flows provided by operations in the sixthree months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021, were $14.2$40.3 million, including our net lossincome of $27.5$12.7 million and non-cash expenses of $23.1$27.8 million for items such as amortization of intangibles, stock-basedshare-based compensation, depreciation, reduction in carrying amount of right-of-use assets, deferred income taxes, gain on bargain purchase and gain on saleinterest.  Other sources of non-marketable equity investment as well ascash for the period included decreases in accounts receivables and inventory and increases in accounts payable, accrued compensation, deferred revenuerevenues and other current and long-term liabilities and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets.  This was partially offset by increases in accounts receivable and inventories.

Cash flows provided by operations in the six months ended December 31, 2016 were $19.3 million, including net loss of $10.0 million and non-cash expenses of $25.8 million such as amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation, depreciation, deferred income taxes and non-cash restructuring and related charges as well as decreases in inventories, prepaid expenses and other current assets and an increase in current and long-term liabilities. This was partially offset by an increase of accounts receivablein prepaid expenses and other current assets and decreases of accounts payable,in accrued compensation and operating lease liabilities.

Cash flows provided by operations in the three months ended September 30, 2020, were $24.7 million, including our net loss of $8.8 million and non-cash expenses of $30.4 million for items such as amortization of intangibles, share-based compensation, depreciation, reduction in carrying amount of right-of-use assets, deferred revenue.income taxes and imputed interest.  Other sources of cash for the period included a decrease in inventory and increase in accounts payable and deferred revenues. This was partially offset by decreases in accrued compensation, other current and long-term liabilities, and operating lease liabilities and increases in accounts receivables and prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities in the sixthree months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 were $106.0$72.9 million which consistedprimarily due to the payment of expenditures for acquisitions$69.5 million (net of $97.6 million consisting of $69.6 millioncash acquired) for the acquisition of the Campus Fabric BusinessIpanema and $29.5$3.4 million for the acquisition of the Data Center Business, less receipt of $1.6 million as final settlement of a working capital adjustment related to the WLAN Business acquisition, purchases of property and equipment of $13.3 million and proceeds of $4.9 million related to the sale of non-marketable equity investment.equipment.

Cash flows used in investing activities in the sixthree months ended December 31, 2016September 30, 2020 were $55.8 million which consisted of expenditures of $51.1$3.0 million for the WLAN Business acquisition and $4.7 million of purchases of property and equipment.

Net Cash Provided byUsed in Financing Activities

Cash flows provided byused in financing activities in the sixthree months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 were $88.3$22.7 million including new borrowingsdue primarily to debt repayments of $100.0$16.8 million, to fund our payment of contingent consideration of $0.6 million, $1.0 million for deferred payments on acquisitions of the Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business, $5.6$4.4 million for taxes paid on vested and released stock awards net of proceeds from the issuance of shares of our common stock under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and the exercise of stock options less $7.1 million of taxes paid on vested and released stock awards, partially offset by repayments of debt totaling $8.7 million and $1.5 million of loan fees incurred in connection with the Second Amendment of our Credit Facility.options.


Cash flows provided byused in financing activities in the sixthree months ended December 31, 2016September 30, 2020 were $46.2$22.8 million which consisteddue primarily to debt repayments of new borrowings$24.8 million, payment of $48.3contingent consideration of $0.6 million, under our Credit Facility, as amended, $4.8and $1.0 million for deferred payments on acquisitions. This was partially offset by $3.6 million of proceeds from the issuance of shares of our


common stock under our ESPP and the exercise of stock options, net of taxes paid on vested and released stock awards, offset by repayments of debt totaling $5.5 million and $1.3 million of loan fees incurred in connection with the Credit Facility, as amended.awards.  

Foreign Currency Effect on Cash

Foreign currency effect on cash increased in the three and six months ended December 31, 2017,September 30, 2021 and 2020, primarily due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar and particularly the Brazilian Real, British Pound, Indian Rupee, the UK Pound, and the EURO.

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017,September 30, 2021, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands):

 

Total

 

 

Less than

1 Year

 

 

 

1-3 years

 

 

3-5 years

 

 

More than

5 years

 

 

Payments due by Period

 

Contractual Obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than

1 Year

 

 

1-3 years

 

 

3-5 years

 

 

More than

5 years

 

Contractual obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt obligations

 

$

185,027

 

 

$

22,964

 

$

70,985

 

 

$

91,078

 

 

$

 

 

$

330,000

 

 

$

28,500

 

 

$

301,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Interest on debt obligations

 

 

25,383

 

 

 

8,259

 

12,437

 

 

 

4,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,711

 

 

 

8,811

 

 

 

12,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cancellable inventory purchase commitments

 

 

145,261

 

 

 

145,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cancellable purchase commitments

 

 

19,000

 

 

 

5,000

 

11,000

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

Non-cancellable operating lease obligations

 

 

103,958

 

 

 

21,164

 

35,169

 

 

 

26,533

 

 

 

21,092

 

Unconditional purchase obligations

 

 

64,910

 

 

 

64,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual commitments

 

 

90,844

 

 

 

27,732

 

 

 

39,416

 

 

 

17,233

 

 

 

6,463

 

Lease payments on operating leases

 

 

50,995

 

 

 

15,566

 

 

 

22,732

 

 

 

8,765

 

 

 

3,932

 

Deferred payments for an acquisition

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

4,000

 

12,000

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration for acquisitions

 

 

47,030

 

 

 

11,270

 

28,850

 

 

 

6,910

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration for an acquisition

 

 

358

 

 

 

358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

1,107

 

 

 

244

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

375

 

 

 

 

 

 

517

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

$

546,766

 

 

$

218,162

 

$

170,929

 

 

$

136,583

 

 

$

21,092

 

 

$

565,335

 

 

$

150,058

 

 

$

378,884

 

 

$

25,998

 

 

$

10,395

 

Non-cancelable inventoryThe contractual obligations referenced above are more specifically defined as follows:

Debt obligations related to amounts owed under our 2019 Credit Agreement.

Interest on debt obligations includes the effect of our interest rate swap agreements.

Unconditional purchase commitmentsobligations represent the purchase of long lead-time component inventory that our contract manufacturers procure in accordance with our forecast. Inventory purchase commitments were $145.3 million as of   December 31, 2017.forecasts. We expect to honor the inventory purchase commitments within the next 12 months.

Non-cancelable purchaseContractual commitments to suppliers represent commitments for future services.

Lease payments for software and support used in our products.

Non-cancelableon operating lease obligationsleases represent base rents and operating expense obligations to landlords for facilities we occupy at various locations.

Deferred payments for anthe acquisition of the Data Center Business represent a payments of $1.0 million per quarter for our next twenty full fiscal quarters following the acquisition date of October 27, 2017.quarter.

Contingent consideration for acquisitionsan acquisition of a capital financing business in December 2017 from Broadcom, at the Data Center Business and the Capital Financing Business is recorded atestimated fair value and actual resultsvalue.  Actual payments could be different.

Other liabilities include our commitments towards debt related fees and specific arrangements other than inventory.

The amounts in the table above exclude immaterial income tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions as we are unable to reasonably estimate the timing of settlement.

We did not have any material commitments for capital expenditures as of December 31, 2017.September 30, 2021.

Off-Balance Sheet ArrangementsForeign Exchange Forward Contracts

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage exposures to foreign currency that may or may not be designated as hedging instruments. The Company’s objective for holding derivatives is to use the most effective methods to minimize the impact


of these exposures. The Company does not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes. The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts primarily to mitigate the effect of gains and losses generated by foreign currency transactions related to certain operating expenses and re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies.

For foreign exchange forward contracts not designated as hedging instruments, the fair value of the Company’s derivatives in a gain position are recorded in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and derivatives in a loss position are recorded in “Other accrued liabilities” in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded in “Other income (expense), net” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, foreign exchange forward contracts not designated as hedging instruments had the total notional principal amount of $22.6 and $7.5 million, respectively. These contracts have maturities of 40 days or less. The net gains and losses recorded in the condensed consolidated statement of operations from these transactions during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were losses of $0.2 million and gains of less than $0.1 million, respectively. Changes in the fair value of these foreign exchange forward contracts are offset largely by remeasurement of the underlying assets and liabilities

For foreign exchange forward contracts designated as hedging instruments, gains and losses arising from these contracts are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The hedging gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified to expenses, as applicable, in the condensed consolidated statements of operations in the same period in which the underlying transactions affect our earnings. As of September 30, 2021, foreign exchange forward contracts designated as hedging instruments had the notional amount of $11.3 million. These contracts have maturities of less than twelve months. As of September 30, 2021, these contracts had unrealized losses of $0.4 million which are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) with the associated liability in other accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. There were 0 foreign exchange forward contracts at September 30, 2020 that were designated as hedging instruments.

The Company recognized total foreign currency gains of $0.3 million and losses of $1.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively related to the change in fair value of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.

14.

Restructuring and Related Charges.

The Company recorded $0.3 million of restructuring and related charges during the three months ended September 30, 2021 which primarily included facility related charges of $0.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021. Severance and benefit restructuring charges consisted primarily of employee severance and benefit expenses incurred under the reduction-in-force action initiated in the third quarter of fiscal 2020 (the “2020 Plan”) to reduce operating costs and enhance financial flexibility as a result of disruptions caused by the COVID-19 global pandemic. With the reduction and realignment of the headcount under the 2020 Plan, the Company is relocating certain of its lab test equipment to third-party consulting companies. The Company has incurred $9.6 million of charges under the 2020 Plan through September 30, 2021. The Company expects to incur additional equipment related relocation expenses of $0.1 million and expects to substantially complete these activities by the first half of fiscal 2022. The facility restructuring charges included additional facilities expenses related to previously impaired facilities.  

The Company recorded $1.0 million of restructuring and related charges during the three months ended September 30, 2020. The charges included $0.3 million for charges related to facilities which the Company has exited, and $0.7 million for employee severance and benefit expenses incurred under the Company’s restructuring plans.

Restructuring liabilities related to severance, benefits, and equipment relocation obligations are recorded in “Other accrued liabilities” in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. The following table summarizes the activity related to the severance, benefits, and equipment relocation liabilities during the three months ended September 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

 

Severance and Other

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

271

 

 

$

2,219

 

Period charges

 

 

8

 

 

 

772

 

Period reversals

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(50

)

Period payments

 

 

(156

)

 

 

(2,639

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

93

 

 

$

302

 


15.

Income Taxes   

For the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded an income tax provision of $2.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

The income tax provisions for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, consisted of (1) taxes on the income of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, (2) foreign withholding taxes, (3) state taxes in jurisdictions where the Company has 0 remaining state net operating losses (“NOLs”) and (4) tax expense associated with the establishment of a U.S. deferred tax liability for amortizable goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Enterasys Networks, Inc., the wireless local area network business from Zebra Technologies Corporation, the Campus Fabric Business from Avaya and the Data Center Business from Brocade. The interim income tax provisions for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were calculated using the discrete effective tax rate method as allowed by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740-270-30-18, “Income Taxes – Interim Reporting.”  The discrete method is applied when the application of the estimated annual effective tax rate is impractical because it is not possible to reliably estimate the annual effective tax rate.  The discrete method treats the year to date period as if it was the annual period and determines the income tax expense or benefit on that basis.  The Company believes that, at this time, the use of this discrete method is more appropriate than the annual effective tax rate method as (i) the estimated annual effective tax rate method is not reliable due to the high degree of uncertainty in estimating annual pretax earnings on a jurisdictional basis and (ii) the Company’s ongoing assessment that the recoverability of certain U.S. and Irish deferred tax assets is not more likely than not.

The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against all of its U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets as well as a portion of the deferred tax assets in Ireland. A valuation allowance is determined by assessing both negative and positive evidence to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that deferred tax assets are recoverable; such assessment is required on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis.  The Company's inconsistent earnings in recent periods, including a cumulative loss over the last three years, coupled with its difficulty in forecasting future revenue trends and the cyclical nature of its business represent sufficient negative evidence to require full valuation allowances against its U.S. federal and state net deferred tax assets as well as a portion of the deferred tax assets in Ireland.  These valuation allowances will be evaluated periodically and can be reversed partially or in whole if business results and the economic environment have sufficiently improved to support realization of some or all of the Company's deferred tax assets.

On September 14, 2021, the Company completed its acquisition of Ipanema. This acquisition is treated as a non-taxable stock acquisition and therefore, Extreme will have carryover tax basis in the assets and liabilities acquired.

The Company had $19.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2021.  If fully recognized in the future, $0.4 million would impact the effective tax rate and $18.7 million, would result in adjustments to deferred tax assets and corresponding adjustments to the valuation allowance with no impact to the effective tax rate.  The Company does not anticipate any events to occur during the next twelve months that would materially reduce the unrealized tax benefit as currently stated in the Company’s balance sheet.

The Company’s policy is to accrue interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of tax expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.

In general, the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns are subject to examination by tax authorities for fiscal years 2001 forward due to net operating losses and the Company's state income tax returns are subject to examination for fiscal years 2000 forward due to net operating losses. The Company is not currently under audit in any material jurisdictions.

16.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Dilutive income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock used in the basic net income (loss) per share calculation plus the dilutive effect of shares subject to repurchase, options and unvested RSUs.


The following table presents the calculation of net income (loss) per share of basic and diluted (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

12,696

 

 

$

(8,812

)

 

Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation - basic

 

 

128,324

 

 

 

121,705

 

 

Options to purchase common stock

 

 

651

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

4,250

 

 

 

 

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation - diluted

 

 

133,225

 

 

 

121,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share - basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share - basic

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

Net income (loss) per share - diluted

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

The following securities were excluded from the computation of net income (loss) per diluted share of common stock for the periods presented as their effect would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Options to purchase common stock

 

 

 

 

 

2,864

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

1,441

 

 

 

8,877

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan shares

 

 

514

 

 

 

750

 

Total shares excluded

 

 

1,955

 

 

 

12,491

 


Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This quarterly report on Form 10-Q, including the following sections, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including in particular, our expectations regarding market demands, customer requirements and the general economic environment, future results of operations, and other statements that include words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. We caution investors that actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain risk factors identified in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the first quarter ended September 30, 2021, our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, and other filings we have made with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These risk factors, include, but are not limited to: fluctuations in demand for our products and services; a highly competitive business environment for network switching equipment; our effectiveness in controlling expenses; the possibility that we might experience delays in the development or introduction of new technology and products; customer response to our new technology and products; fluctuations in the global economy, including political, social, economic, currency and regulatory factors (such as the outbreak of COVID-19); risks related to pending or future litigation; a dependency on third parties for certain components and for the manufacturing of our products and our ability to receive the anticipated benefits of acquired businesses.

Business Overview

The following discussion is based upon our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.  In the course of operating our business, we routinely make decisions as to the timing of the payment of invoices, the collection of receivables, the manufacturing and shipment of products, the fulfillment of orders, the purchase of supplies, and the building of inventory and service parts, among other matters. Each of these decisions has some impact on the financial results for any given period.  In making these decisions, we consider various factors including contractual obligations, customer satisfaction, competition, internal and external financial targets and expectations, and financial planning objectives. For further information about our critical accounting policies and estimates, see the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section included in this “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Extreme Networks, Inc. (“Extreme” or “Company”) is a leading provider of end-to-end, cloud-driven networking solutions and top-rated services and support. Providing a set of comprehensive solutions from the Internet of Things (“IoT”) edge to the cloud, Extreme designs, develops, and manufactures wired and wireless network infrastructure equipment as well as a leading cloud networking platform and applications portfolio using cloud management, machine learning (“ML”), and artificial intelligence (“AI”) to deliver network policy, analytics, security, and access controls. Our solutions enable companies to embrace the value of new cloud technology without having to rip and replace existing infrastructures. Extreme has been pushing the boundaries of networking technology for a quarter of a century, driven by a higher purpose of helping our customers connect beyond the network. Extreme’s cloud-driven technologies provide flexibility and scalability in deployment, management, and licensing of networks globally. Our global footprint provides service to over 50,000 customers across the world including some of the world’s leading names in business, hospitality, retail, transportation and logistics, education, government, healthcare, manufacturing and service providers. We derive all our revenues from the sale of our networking equipment, software subscriptions, and related maintenance contracts.

Industry Background

Enterprises are adopting new Information Technology (“IT”) delivery models and applications that require fundamental network alterations and enhancements spanning from the access edge to the data center. With the impact of the global pandemic, we believe IT teams in every industry will need more control and better insights than ever before to ensure secure, distributed connectivity and comprehensive centralized visibility. ML and AI technologies have the potential to vastly improve the network experience in the post-pandemic world by collating large data sets to increase accuracy and derive resolutions to improve the operation of the network. When applied with cloud-driven networking and automation, administrators can quickly scale to provide productivity, availability, manageability, security, and speed, regardless of how distributed the network is.

We believe that the network has never been more vital than it is today. As administrators grapple with more data, coming from more places, more connected devices, and more Software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) based applications, the cloud is fundamental to establishing a new normal. Traditional network offerings are not well-suited to fulfill enterprise expectations for rapid delivery of new services, more flexible business models, real-time response, and massive scalability. As enterprises continue to migrate increasing numbers of applications and services to either private clouds or public clouds offered by third parties and to adopt new IT delivery models and applications, they are required to make fundamental network alterations and enhancements spanning from device access points (“AP”) to the network core.  In either case, the network infrastructure must adapt to this new dynamic environment. Intelligence and automation are key if enterprises are to derive maximum benefit from their cloud deployments. Service providers are also investing in network enhancements with platforms and applications that deliver data insights, provide flexibility, and can quickly respond to new user demands and 5G use cases.


We believe Extreme stands to benefit from the use of its technology to manage distributed campus network architecture centrally from the cloud. Extreme has blended a dynamic fabric attach architecture, that delivers simplicity for moves and changes at the edge of the network, together with corporate-wide role-based policy. This enables customers to migrate to new cloud managed switching and Wi-Fi, agnostic of the existing networking or wireless equipment they already have installed. In the end, we expect these customers to see lower operating and capital expenditures, lower subscription costs, lower overall cost of ownership and more flexibility along with a more resilient network. We estimate the total addressable market for our Enterprise Networking solutions consisting of cloud networking, wireless local area networks (“WLAN”), data center networking, ethernet switching, campus local area networks (“LAN”), and software-defined wide area network (“SD-WAN”) solutions to be approximately $26 billion and growing at approximately five percent per year over the next three years.  In addition, 5G provides an estimated $3 billion serviceable available market for Service Provider Networking.

The Extreme Strategy

The year 2020 resulted in unprecedented change – from the physical footprint of offices, to supply chain operations, to how we connect. Organizations and workforces extend anywhere and everywhere.  IT leaders are now tasked with ensuring the global, hybrid workforce is functional and successful no matter where they are and ensure people can work wherever they want.

Extreme has recognized that the way we and our customers communicate has changed and the new normal has given rise to these distributed enterprise environments, or in other words, the Infinite Enterprise, which has three key tenets:

Infinitely distributed connectivity is the enterprise-grade reliable connectivity that allows users to connect anywhere, from anywhere. It is always present, available and assured, while being secure and manageable.

Scalable cloud allows administrators to harness the power of the cloud to efficiently onboard, manage, orchestrate, troubleshoot the network, and find data and insights of the distributed connectivity at their pace in their way.

Consumer-centric experience designed to deliver a best-in-class experience to users who consume network services.

Extreme’s broad product, solutions and technology portfolio supports these three tenets and continues to innovate and evolve them to help businesses succeed.

Key elements of Extreme’s strategy and differentiation include:

Creating effortless networking solutions that allow all of us to advance.  We believe that progress is achieved when we connect—allowing us to learn, understand, create, and grow. We make connecting simple and easy with effortless networking experiences that enable all of us to advance how we live, work, and share.

Provide a differentiated end-to-end cloud architecture.  Cloud networking is estimated to be a $2 billion segment of the networking market and is projected to be the fastest growing part of the networking industry at approximately 20% per year over the next three years, according to data from 650 Group Market Research. Cloud management technology has evolved significantly over the past decade. We believe we deliver a combination of innovation, reliability, and security with the leading end-to-end cloud management platform powered by ML and AI that spans from the IoT edge to the enterprise data center. Key characteristics of our cloud architecture include:

o

A robust cloud management platform that delivers visibility, intelligence, and assurance from the IoT edge to the core.

o

Cloud Choice for customers: Our cloud networking solution is available on all major cloud providers (Amazon Web Services (“AWS”), Google Cloud Platform (“GCP”) and Microsoft Azure).

o

Unlimited Network Data plans for the length of the cloud subscription to improve an organization’s ability to make smarter, more effective business decisions.

o

Consumption Flexibility: Offer a range of financing and network purchase options. Our value-based subscription tiers (including Connect, Navigator and Pilot) provide customers with flexibility to grow as they go, as well as offer pool-able and portable licenses that can be transferred between products (e.g. access points and switches) at one fixed price.

o

“No 9s” Reliability and Resiliency to ensure business continuity for our customers.

o

Zero-Trust Security (Information Security Management (“ISO”) 27001 Certified).

Offer customers choice: public or private cloud, or on-premises. We leverage the cloud where it makes sense for our customers and provide on-premises solutions where customers need it and also have a solution for those who want to harness the power of both. Our hybrid approach gives our customers options to adapt the technology to their business. At the same time, all of our solutions have visibility, control and strategic information built in, all tightly integrated with a single view across all of the installed products. Our customers can understand what is going on across their network and applications in real time – who, when, and what is connected to the network - critical for bring your own device (“BYOD”) and IoT usage.

Highest value of cloud management subscriptions. ExtremeCloud IQ Pilot provides our customers with four key applications enabling organizations to eliminate overlays.


o

Extreme AirDefense™ is a comprehensive wireless intrusion prevention system (“WIPS”) that simplifies the protection, monitoring and security of wireless networks. With the added Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy intrusion prevention, network administrators can address growing threats against bluetooth and low energy devices.

o

ExtremeLocation™ delivers proximity, presence and location-based services for advanced contact tracing in support of the location-intelligent enterprise.

o

ExtremeGuest™ is a comprehensive guest engagement solution that enables IT administrators to use analytical insights to engage visitors with personalized engagements.

o

Extreme IoT™ delivers simple and secure onboarding, profiling, segmentation and filtering of IoT devices on a production network.

Offers universal platforms for enterprise class switching and wireless infrastructure. Extreme offers universal platforms which support multiple deployment use cases, providing flexibility and investment protection.

o

Universal switches (5520/5420) support fabric or traditional networking with a choice of cloud or on-premises (air-gapped or cloud connected) management.

o

Universal WiFi 6 APs (300/400 series) support campus or distributed deployments with a choice of cloud or on-premises (air-gapped or cloud connected) management.  

o

Universal licensing with one portable management license for any device and for any type of management.  For switches, OS feature licenses are portable, and bulk activated through ExtremeCloud IQ.

Enable a common fabric to simplify and automate the network.  Fabric technologies virtualize the network infrastructure (decoupling network services from physical connectivity) which enables network services to be turned up faster, with lower likelihood of error.  They make the underlying network much easier to design, implement, manage and troubleshoot.

End-to-End Portfolio. Our cloud-driven solutions provide visibility, control and strategic intelligence from the edge to the data center, across networks and applications. Our solutions include wired switching, wireless switching, wireless access points, WLAN controllers, routers, and an extensive portfolio of software applications that deliver AI-enhanced access control, network and application analytics, as well as network management. All can be managed, assessed and controlled from a single pane of glass on premises or from the cloud.

Provide high-quality “in-house” customer service and support. We seek to enhance customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty through high-quality service and support. This includes a wide range of standard support programs to the level of service our customers require, from standard business hours to global 24-hour-a-day, 365-days-a-year real-time responsive support.

Extend switching and routing technology leadership.  Our technological leadership is based on innovative switching, routing and wireless products, the depth and focus of our market experience and our operating systems - the software that runs on all of our networking products.  Our products reduce operating expenses for our customers and enable a more flexible and dynamic network environment that will help them meet the upcoming demands of IoT, mobile, and cloud.

Expand Wi-Fi technology leadership.  Wireless is today’s network access method of choice and every business must deal with scale, density and BYOD challenges. The network edge landscape is changing as the explosion of mobile devices increases the demand for mobile, transparent, and always-on wired to wireless edge services. The unified access layer requires distributed intelligent components to ensure that access control and resiliency of business services are available across the entire infrastructure and manageable from a single console. We are at a technology inflection point with the pending migration from Wi-Fi 5 solutions to Wi-Fi 6 (802.11ax), focused on providing more efficient access to the broad array of connected devices. We believe we have the industry’s broadest Wi-Fi 6 wireless portfolio providing intelligence for the wired/wireless edge and enhanced by our cloud architecture with machine learning and AI-driven insights.

Offer a superior quality of experience. Our network-powered application analytics provide actionable business insights by capturing and analyzing context-based data about the network and applications to deliver meaningful intelligence about applications, users, locations and devices. With an easy to comprehend dashboard, our applications help businesses turn their network into a strategic business asset that helps executives make faster and more effective decisions.

Expand market penetration by targeting high-growth market segments.  Within the campus, we focus on the mobile user, leveraging our automation capabilities and tracking WLAN growth.  Our data center approach leverages our product portfolio to address the needs of public and private cloud data center providers. We believe that the cloud networking compound annual growth rate will continue to outpace the compound annual growth rate for on-premises managed networking. Our focus is on expanding our technology foothold in the critical cloud networking segment to accelerate not only cloud management adoption, but also subscription-based licensing (SaaS) consumption.


Leverage and expand multiple distribution channels. We distribute our products through select distributors, a large number of resellers and system-integrators worldwide, as well as several large strategic partners. We maintain a field sales force to support our channel partners and to sell directly to certain strategic accounts. As an independent networking vendor, we seek to provide products that, when combined with the offerings of our channel partners, create compelling solutions for end-user customers.

Maintain and extend our strategic relationships. We have established strategic relationships with a number of industry-leading vendors to both, provide increased and enhanced routes to market, and collaboratively develop unique solutions.

Acquisition

On September On September 14, 2021 (the “Acquisition Date”), the Company completed its acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of Ipanematech SAS (“Ipanema”), the cloud-native enterprise Software-Defined Wide Area Network (“SD-WAN”) business unit of Infovista pursuant to a Sale and Purchase Agreement (“the Agreement”).  Under the terms of the Acquisition, the net consideration paid by Extreme to Ipanema stockholders was $70.9 million. The primary reason for the acquisition was to acquire the talent and the technology which will allow us to expand our portfolio with new cloud-managed SD-WAN and security offerings to support our enterprise customers.

Key Financial Metrics

During the first quarter of fiscal 2022, we achieved the following results:  

Net revenues of $267.7 million compared to $235.8 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Product revenues of $185.2 million compared to $161.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Service and subscription revenues of $82.5 million compared to $74.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Total gross margin of 58.1% of net revenues compared to 57.3% of net revenues in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Operating income of $18.4 million compared to operating loss of $0.1 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Net income of $12.7 million compared to net loss of $8.8 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Cash flows provided by operating activities of $40.3 million compared to $24.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2020.  

Cash of $191.3 million as of September 30, 2021 compared to $246.9 million as of June 30, 2021.

Net Revenues

The following table presents net product and service and subscription revenues for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

 

 

Net revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

$

185,161

 

 

$

161,396

 

 

$

23,765

 

 

 

14.7

%

 

 

Percentage of net revenues

 

 

69.2

%

 

 

68.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service and subscription

 

 

82,523

 

 

 

74,406

 

 

 

8,117

 

 

 

10.9

%

 

 

Percentage of net revenues

 

 

30.8

%

 

 

31.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net revenues

 

$

267,684

 

 

$

235,802

 

 

$

31,882

 

 

 

13.5

%

 

 

Product revenues increased $23.8 million or 14.7% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period of fiscal 2021. The product revenues increase for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was primarily due to the material slow-down in global demand during the corresponding period of fiscal 2021 due to the global outbreak of COVID-19.

Service and subscription revenues increased $8.1 million, or 10.9% for the three months ended September 30, 2021 as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2021. The increase in service and subscription revenues was primarily due to the growth in subscription revenues.

The following table presents the product and service and subscription, gross profit and the respective gross profit percentages for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):


 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

Gross profit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

$

104,217

 

 

$

88,001

 

 

$

16,216

 

 

 

18.4

%

Percentage of product revenues

 

 

56.3

%

 

 

54.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service and subscription

 

 

51,386

 

 

 

47,017

 

 

 

4,369

 

 

 

9.3

%

Percentage of service and subscription revenues

 

 

62.3

%

 

 

63.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross profit

 

$

155,603

 

 

$

135,018

 

 

$

20,585

 

 

 

15.2

%

Percentage of net revenues

 

 

58.1

%

 

 

57.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product gross profit increased $16.2 million or 18.4% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2021. The increase in product gross profit was primarily due to increased revenues along with lower distribution charges of $0.5 million, which were mainly due to decreased tariffs, lower excess and obsolete inventory charges of $0.6 million, lower warranty costs of $0.4 million and lower amortization of intangibles due to certain intangibles being fully depreciated.

Service and subscription gross profit increased $4.4 million or 9.3% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2021. The increase was primarily due to increased service and subscription revenues, partially offset by higher personnel costs, professional fees and increased cloud service costs.

Operating Expenses

The following table presents operating expenses for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

Research and development

 

$

47,766

 

 

$

49,524

 

 

$

(1,758

)

 

 

(3.5

)%

Sales and marketing

 

 

69,527

 

 

 

64,325

 

 

 

5,202

 

 

 

8.1

%

General and administrative

 

 

17,003

 

 

 

16,461

 

 

 

542

 

 

 

3.3

%

Acquisition and integration costs

 

 

1,510

 

 

 

1,975

 

 

 

(465

)

 

 

(23.5

)%

Restructuring and related charges

 

 

279

 

 

 

1,001

 

 

 

(722

)

 

 

(72.1

)%

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

1,154

 

 

 

1,792

 

 

 

(638

)

 

 

(35.6

)%

Total operating expenses

 

$

137,239

 

 

$

135,078

 

 

$

2,161

 

 

 

1.6

%

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs (which consist of compensation, benefits and share-based compensation), consultant fees and prototype expenses related to the design, development, and testing of our products.

Research and development expenses decreased by $1.8 million or 3.5% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2021. The decrease in research and development expenses was due to a $1.3 million decrease in facility and information technology costs and a $1.4 million decrease in software licenses and engineering project costs which lowered depreciation expense, partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in professional and contractor fees and a $0.4 million increase in personnel related costs.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs (which consist of compensation, benefits and share-based compensation), as well as trade shows and promotional expenses.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $5.2 million or 8.1% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2021. The increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to a $4.1 million increase in personnel costs primarily due to higher compensation and benefits costs due to increase in headcount, a $1.0 million increase in travel costs and a $0.4 million increase in other expenses primarily marketing and sales promotions costs, partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in professional fees.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs (which consist of compensation, benefits and share-based compensation), legal and professional service costs, and facilities and information technology costs.


General and administrative expenses increased by $0.5 million or 3.3% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2021. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $1.2 million increase in personnel costs primarily compensation expenses partially offset by a $0.7 million decrease in legal and professional fees.

Acquisition and Integration Costs

During the three months ended September 30, 2021, we incurred $1.5 million of integration costs which consisted primarily of professional fees for legal advisory services and financial services related to the acquisition of Ipanema.

During the three months ended September 30, 2020, we incurred $2.0 million of acquisition and integration costs. Acquisition and integration costs consisted primarily of additional professional fees for system integration and financial services related to Aerohive acquisition.

Restructuring and Related Charges

For the three months ended September 30, 2021, we recorded restructuring and related charges of $0.3 million which primarily comprised of facility-related charges related to our previously impaired facilities.

For the three months ended September 30, 2020, we recorded restructuring charges of $1.0 million. We continued our reduction-in-force initiative began in the third quarter of fiscal 2020 and recorded related severance and benefits charges of $0.7 million related to the 2020 Plan. In addition, we had facility-related charges of $0.3 million related to our previously impaired facilities.

Amortization of Intangibles

During the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, we recorded $1.2 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of operating expenses for amortization of intangibles. The decrease was primarily due to lower amortization related to certain acquired intangibles from previous acquisitions becoming fully amortized.

Interest Expense

During the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, we recorded $3.9 million and $6.7 million, respectively, in interest expense.  The decreases in interest expense were primarily driven by lower average loan balances and lower average rates for the three months ended September 30, 2021under our 2019 Credit Agreement.

Other Income (Expense), Net

During the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, we recorded other income, net of $0.2 million and other expense, net of $0.9 million, respectively. The changes for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was primarily due to foreign exchange losses from the revaluation of certain assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. Dollars.  

Provision for Income Taxes

For the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, we recorded an income tax provision of $2.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

The income tax provisions for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 consisted of (1) taxes on the income of our foreign subsidiaries, (2) foreign withholding taxes, (3) state taxes in jurisdictions where we have no remaining state net operating losses and (4) tax expense associated with the establishment of a U.S. deferred tax liability for amortizable goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Enterasys Networks, Inc., the WLAN Business, the Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Report are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted under SEC rules and regulations. The preparation of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could have reasonably used different accounting estimates, and in other instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.


As discussed in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2021, we consider the following accounting policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing our consolidated financial statements:

Revenue Recognition

Inventory Valuation and Purchase Commitments

There have been no changes to our critical accounting policies since the filing of our last Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table summarizes information regarding our cash (in thousands):

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

June 30,

2021

 

Cash

 

$

191,349

 

 

$

246,894

 

As of September 30, 2021, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash of $191.3 million and accounts receivable, net of $129.6 million, and available borrowings under our five-year 2019 Revolving Facility of $60.2 million. Our principal uses of cash include the purchase of finished goods inventory from our contract manufacturers, payroll and other operating expenses related to the development and marketing of our products, purchases of property and equipment, and repayments of debt and related interest. We believe that our $191.3 million of cash at September 30, 2021, our cash flow from operations, and the availability of borrowings from the 2019 Revolving Facility will be sufficient to fund our planned operations for at least the next 12 months.

On November 2, 2018, our Board of Directors announced that it had authorized management to repurchase up to $60.0 million of its shares of common stock for two years from the date of authorization, of which $15.0 million was used for repurchases in fiscal 2019 and $30.0 million was used for repurchases in fiscal 2020. In February 2020, our Board of Directors increased the authorization to repurchase by $40.0 million to $100.0 million and extended the period for repurchases for three years from February 5, 2020. Purchases may be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The manner, timing and amount of any future purchases will be determined by our management based on their evaluation of market conditions, stock price, Extreme’s ongoing determination that it is the best use of available cash and other factors. The repurchase program does not obligate Extreme to acquire any shares of its common stock, may be suspended or terminated at any time without prior notice and will be subject to regulatory considerations. There were no repurchases in the three months ended September 30, 2021.

In connection with the acquisition of Aerohive, as of August 9, 2019, we amended the 2018 Credit Agreement, which is no longer outstanding, and entered into the 2019 Credit Agreement, by and among us, as borrower, several banks and other financial institutions as Lenders, BMO Harris Bank N.A., as an issuing lender and swingline lender, Silicon Valley Bank, as an Issuing Lender, and Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders. The 2019 Credit Agreement provides for a five-year first lien term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $380.0 million and a five-year revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $75.0 million (“2019 Revolving Facility”).  In addition, we may request incremental term loans and/or incremental revolving loan commitments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the sum of $100.0 million plus an unlimited amount that is subject to pro forma compliance with certain financial tests.  On August 9, 2019, we used the proceeds to partially fund the acquisition of Aerohive and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

At our election, the initial term loan (the “Initial Term Loan”) under the 2019 Credit Agreement may be made as either base rate loans or Eurodollar loans. The applicable margin for base rate loans ranges from 0.25% to 2.50% per annum and the applicable margin for Eurodollar loans ranges from 1.25% to 3.50%, in each case based on Extreme’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio. All Eurodollar loans are subject to a Base Rate floor of 0.00%. The 2019 Credit Agreement is secured by substantially all of our assets.

The 2019 Credit Agreement requires us to maintain certain minimum financial ratios at the end of each fiscal quarter. The 2019 Credit Agreement also includes covenants and restrictions that limit, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens upon any of our property, merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets. The 2019 Credit Agreement also includes customary events of default which may result in acceleration of the outstanding balance.

Financial covenants under the 2019 Credit Agreement require us to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge and consolidated leverage ratio at the end of each fiscal quarter through maturity.  The 2019 Credit Agreement also includes covenants and restrictions that limit, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens upon any of our property, merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets.  The 2019 Credit Agreement also includes customary events of default which may result in acceleration of the outstanding balance.

On April 8, 2020, we entered into the First Amendment to waive certain terms and financial covenants of the 2019 Credit Agreement through July 31, 2020. On May 8, 2020, we entered into the Second Amendment which superseded the First Amendment and provided certain revised terms and financial covenants through March 31, 2021. Subsequent to March 31, 2021, the original terms


and financial covenants under the 2019 Credit Agreement resumed in effect. The Second Amendment required us to maintain certain minimum cash requirement and certain financial metrics at the end of each fiscal quarter through March 31, 2021.  Under the terms of the Second Amendment, we were not permitted to exceed $55.0 million in our outstanding balance under the 2019 Revolving Facility, the applicable margin for Eurodollar rate was 4.5% and we were restricted from pursuing certain activities such as incurring additional debt, stock repurchases, making acquisitions or declaring a dividend, until we are in compliance with the original covenants of the 2019 Credit Agreement. On November 3, 2020, we and our lenders entered into the Third Amendment to increase the sublimit for letters of credit to $20.0 million. On December 8, 2020, we and our lenders entered into the Fourth Amendment to waive and amend certain terms and financial covenants within the 2019 Credit Agreement through March 31, 2021.

The Second Amendment provided for us to end the covenant Suspension Period early and revert to the covenants and interest rates per the original terms of the 2019 Credit Agreement dated August 9, 2019 by filing a Suspension Period Early Termination Notice and Covenant Certificate demonstrating compliance. For the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2021 our financial performance was in compliance with the original covenants defined in the 2019 Credit Agreement and as such we filed a Suspension Early Termination Notice and Covenant Certificate with the administration agent subsequent to filing our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2021.  Returning to compliance with the covenants per the original terms of the 2019 Credit Agreement dated August 9, 2019, resulted in our Eurodollar loan spread decreasing from 4.5% during the suspension period to 2.75% and unused facility commitment fee decreasing from 0.4% to 0.35%, and the limitation on revolver borrowings being removed effective May 1, 2021 after filing of the certificate with the administrative agent.

Key Components of Cash Flows and Liquidity

A summary of the sources and uses of cash is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

40,255

 

 

$

24,745

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(72,927

)

 

 

(3,023

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(22,682

)

 

 

(22,772

)

Foreign currency effect on cash

 

 

(191

)

 

 

294

 

Net decrease in cash

 

$

(55,545

)

 

$

(756

)

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Cash flows provided by operations in the three months ended September 30, 2021, were $40.3 million, including our net income of $12.7 million and non-cash expenses of $27.8 million for items such as amortization of intangibles, share-based compensation, depreciation, reduction in carrying amount of right-of-use assets, deferred income taxes, and interest.  Other sources of cash for the period included decreases in accounts receivables and inventory and increases in accounts payable, deferred revenues and other current and long-term liabilities. This was partially offset by increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and decreases in accrued compensation and operating lease liabilities.

Cash flows provided by operations in the three months ended September 30, 2020, were $24.7 million, including our net loss of $8.8 million and non-cash expenses of $30.4 million for items such as amortization of intangibles, share-based compensation, depreciation, reduction in carrying amount of right-of-use assets, deferred income taxes and imputed interest.  Other sources of cash for the period included a decrease in inventory and increase in accounts payable and deferred revenues. This was partially offset by decreases in accrued compensation, other current and long-term liabilities, and operating lease liabilities and increases in accounts receivables and prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities in the three months ended September 30, 2021 were $72.9 million primarily due to the payment of $69.5 million (net of cash acquired) for the acquisition of Ipanema and $3.4 million for the purchases of property and equipment.

Cash flows used in investing activities in the three months ended September 30, 2020 were $3.0 million for the purchases of property and equipment.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

Cash flows used in financing activities in the three months ended September 30, 2021 were $22.7 million due primarily to debt repayments of $16.8 million, payment of contingent consideration of $0.6 million, $1.0 million for deferred payments on acquisitions and $4.4 million for taxes paid on vested and released stock awards net of proceeds from the issuance of shares of our common stock under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and exercise of stock options.


Cash flows used in financing activities in the three months ended September 30, 2020 were $22.8 million due primarily to debt repayments of $24.8 million, payment of contingent consideration of $0.6 million, and $1.0 million for deferred payments on acquisitions. This was partially offset by $3.6 million of proceeds from the issuance of shares of our common stock under our ESPP and exercise of stock options, net of taxes paid on vested and released stock awards.  

Foreign Currency Effect on Cash

Foreign currency effect on cash increased in the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, primarily due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar and particularly the Indian Rupee, the UK Pound, and the EURO.

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2021, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands):

 

 

Payments due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than

1 Year

 

 

1-3 years

 

 

3-5 years

 

 

More than

5 years

 

Contractual obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt obligations

 

$

330,000

 

 

$

28,500

 

 

$

301,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Interest on debt obligations

 

 

21,711

 

 

 

8,811

 

 

 

12,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unconditional purchase obligations

 

 

64,910

 

 

 

64,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual commitments

 

 

90,844

 

 

 

27,732

 

 

 

39,416

 

 

 

17,233

 

 

 

6,463

 

Lease payments on operating leases

 

 

50,995

 

 

 

15,566

 

 

 

22,732

 

 

 

8,765

 

 

 

3,932

 

Deferred payments for an acquisition

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration for an acquisition

 

 

358

 

 

 

358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

517

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

$

565,335

 

 

$

150,058

 

 

$

378,884

 

 

$

25,998

 

 

$

10,395

 

The contractual obligations referenced above are more specifically defined as follows:

Debt obligations related to amounts owed under our 2019 Credit Agreement.

Interest on debt obligations includes the effect of our interest rate swap agreements.

Unconditional purchase obligations represent the purchase of long lead-time component inventory that our contract manufacturers procure in accordance with our forecasts. We expect to honor the inventory purchase commitments within the next 12 months.

Contractual commitments to suppliers represent commitments for future services.

Lease payments on operating leases represent base rents and operating expense obligations to landlords for facilities we occupy at various locations.

Deferred payments for the acquisition of the Data Center Business represent payments of $1.0 million per quarter.

Contingent consideration for an acquisition of a capital financing business in December 2017 from Broadcom, at the estimated fair value.  Actual payments could be different.

Other liabilities include our commitments towards debt related fees and specific arrangements other than inventory.

The amounts in the table above exclude immaterial income tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions as we are unable to reasonably estimate the timing of settlement.

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangementsmaterial commitments for capital expenditures as of December 31, 2017.September 30, 2021.


Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Sensitivity

The following table presents the amounts of our cash equivalents that are subject to market risk by range of expected maturity and weighted-average interest rates as of December 31, 2017  (dollars in thousands).

 

 

Maturing in

 

 

 

Three months or less

 

 

Three months to one year

 

 

Greater than one year

 

 

Total

 

 

Fair Value

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in cash equivalents

 

$

4,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,500

 

 

$

4,500

 

Weighted average interest rate

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

%

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following tables present hypothetical changes in fair value of the financial instruments held at December 31, 2017, that are sensitive to changes in interest rates (in thousands):

 Unrealized gain given a decrease in interest

rate of X bps

 

 

Fair value as of

 

 

Unrealized loss given an increase in interest

rate of X bps

 

(100 bps)

 

 

(50 bps)

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

100 bps

 

 

50 bps

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Debt

At certain points in time we are exposed to the impact of interest rate fluctuations, primarily in the form of variable rate borrowings from our credit facility.

At certain points in time we are exposed to the impact of interest rate fluctuations, primarily in the form of variable rate borrowings from the Second Amendment to our Credit Facility.  Our debt and Credit Facilities, as amended, are fully described in the Note 3 of our Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our annual report on Form 10-K.  At December 31, 2017, we had $185.0 million of debt outstanding, all of which was from our Credit Facilities, as amended.  Through the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the average daily outstanding amount was $183.9 million with a high of $189.6 million and a low of $169.6 million. 

The following table presents hypothetical changes in interest expense for the quarter ended December 31, 2017, on outstanding credit facility borrowings as of December 31, 2017 , that are sensitive to changes in interest rates (in thousands):

Change in interest expense given a decrease in

interest rate of X bps*

 

 

Average outstanding

debt as of

 

 

Change in interest expense given an increase in

interest rate of X bps

 

(100 bps)

 

 

(50 bps)

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

100 bps

 

 

50 bps

 

$

(463

)

 

$

(231

)

 

$

185,027

 

 

$

463

 

 

$

231

 

*

Underlying interest rate was 1.30% during the quarter.

Exchange Rate Sensitivity

A majority of our sales and expenses are denominated in United States Dollars. While we conduct some sales transactions and incur certain operating expenses in foreign currencies and expect to continue to do so, we do not anticipate that foreign exchange gains or losses will be significant, in part because of our foreign exchange risk management process discussed below.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage exposures to foreign currency that may or may not be designated as hedging instruments. The Company’s objective for holding derivatives is to use the most effective methods to minimize the impact


of these exposures. The Company does not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes. The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts primarily to mitigate the effect of gains and losses generated by foreign currency transactions related to certain operating expenses and re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies.

For foreign exchange forward contracts not designated as hedging instruments, the fair value of the Company’s derivatives in a gain position are recorded in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and derivatives in a loss position are recorded in “Other accrued liabilities” in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded in “Other income (expense), net” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, foreign exchange forward contracts not designated as hedging instruments had the total notional principal amount of $22.6 and $7.5 million, respectively. These contracts have maturities of 40 days or less. The net gains and losses recorded in the condensed consolidated statement of operations from these transactions during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were losses of $0.2 million and gains of less than $0.1 million, respectively. Changes in the fair value of these foreign exchange forward contracts are offset largely by remeasurement of the underlying assets and liabilities

For foreign exchange forward contracts designated as hedging instruments, gains and losses arising from these contracts are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The hedging gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified to expenses, as applicable, in the condensed consolidated statements of operations in the same period in which the underlying transactions affect our earnings. As of September 30, 2021, foreign exchange forward contracts designated as hedging instruments had the notional amount of $11.3 million. These contracts have maturities of less than twelve months. As of September 30, 2021, these contracts had unrealized losses of $0.4 million which are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) with the associated liability in other accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. There were 0 foreign exchange forward contracts at September 30, 2020 that were designated as hedging instruments.

The Company recognized total foreign currency gains of $0.3 million and losses of $1.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively related to the change in fair value of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.

14.

Restructuring and Related Charges.

The Company recorded $0.3 million of restructuring and related charges during the three months ended September 30, 2021 which primarily included facility related charges of $0.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021. Severance and benefit restructuring charges consisted primarily of employee severance and benefit expenses incurred under the reduction-in-force action initiated in the third quarter of fiscal 2020 (the “2020 Plan”) to reduce operating costs and enhance financial flexibility as a result of disruptions caused by the COVID-19 global pandemic. With the reduction and realignment of the headcount under the 2020 Plan, the Company is relocating certain of its lab test equipment to third-party consulting companies. The Company has incurred $9.6 million of charges under the 2020 Plan through September 30, 2021. The Company expects to incur additional equipment related relocation expenses of $0.1 million and expects to substantially complete these activities by the first half of fiscal 2022. The facility restructuring charges included additional facilities expenses related to previously impaired facilities.  

The Company recorded $1.0 million of restructuring and related charges during the three months ended September 30, 2020. The charges included $0.3 million for charges related to facilities which the Company has exited, and $0.7 million for employee severance and benefit expenses incurred under the Company’s restructuring plans.

Restructuring liabilities related to severance, benefits, and equipment relocation obligations are recorded in “Other accrued liabilities” in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. The following table summarizes the activity related to the severance, benefits, and equipment relocation liabilities during the three months ended September 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

 

Severance and Other

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

271

 

 

$

2,219

 

Period charges

 

 

8

 

 

 

772

 

Period reversals

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(50

)

Period payments

 

 

(156

)

 

 

(2,639

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

93

 

 

$

302

 


15.

Income Taxes   

For the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded an income tax provision of $2.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

The income tax provisions for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, consisted of (1) taxes on the income of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, (2) foreign withholding taxes, (3) state taxes in jurisdictions where the Company has 0 remaining state net operating losses (“NOLs”) and (4) tax expense associated with the establishment of a U.S. deferred tax liability for amortizable goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Enterasys Networks, Inc., the wireless local area network business from Zebra Technologies Corporation, the Campus Fabric Business from Avaya and the Data Center Business from Brocade. The interim income tax provisions for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were calculated using the discrete effective tax rate method as allowed by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740-270-30-18, “Income Taxes – Interim Reporting.”  The discrete method is applied when the application of the estimated annual effective tax rate is impractical because it is not possible to reliably estimate the annual effective tax rate.  The discrete method treats the year to date period as if it was the annual period and determines the income tax expense or benefit on that basis.  The Company believes that, at this time, the use of this discrete method is more appropriate than the annual effective tax rate method as (i) the estimated annual effective tax rate method is not reliable due to the high degree of uncertainty in estimating annual pretax earnings on a jurisdictional basis and (ii) the Company’s ongoing assessment that the recoverability of certain U.S. and Irish deferred tax assets is not more likely than not.

The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against all of its U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets as well as a portion of the deferred tax assets in Ireland. A valuation allowance is determined by assessing both negative and positive evidence to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that deferred tax assets are recoverable; such assessment is required on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis.  The Company's inconsistent earnings in recent periods, including a cumulative loss over the last three years, coupled with its difficulty in forecasting future revenue trends and the cyclical nature of its business represent sufficient negative evidence to require full valuation allowances against its U.S. federal and state net deferred tax assets as well as a portion of the deferred tax assets in Ireland.  These valuation allowances will be evaluated periodically and can be reversed partially or in whole if business results and the economic environment have sufficiently improved to support realization of some or all of the Company's deferred tax assets.

On September 14, 2021, the Company completed its acquisition of Ipanema. This acquisition is treated as a non-taxable stock acquisition and therefore, Extreme will have carryover tax basis in the assets and liabilities acquired.

The Company had $19.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2021.  If fully recognized in the future, $0.4 million would impact the effective tax rate and $18.7 million, would result in adjustments to deferred tax assets and corresponding adjustments to the valuation allowance with no impact to the effective tax rate.  The Company does not anticipate any events to occur during the next twelve months that would materially reduce the unrealized tax benefit as currently stated in the Company’s balance sheet.

The Company’s policy is to accrue interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of tax expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.

In general, the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns are subject to examination by tax authorities for fiscal years 2001 forward due to net operating losses and the Company's state income tax returns are subject to examination for fiscal years 2000 forward due to net operating losses. The Company is not currently under audit in any material jurisdictions.

16.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Dilutive income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock used in the basic net income (loss) per share calculation plus the dilutive effect of shares subject to repurchase, options and unvested RSUs.


The following table presents the calculation of net income (loss) per share of basic and diluted (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

12,696

 

 

$

(8,812

)

 

Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation - basic

 

 

128,324

 

 

 

121,705

 

 

Options to purchase common stock

 

 

651

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

4,250

 

 

 

 

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation - diluted

 

 

133,225

 

 

 

121,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share - basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share - basic

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

Net income (loss) per share - diluted

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

The following securities were excluded from the computation of net income (loss) per diluted share of common stock for the periods presented as their effect would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Options to purchase common stock

 

 

 

 

 

2,864

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

1,441

 

 

 

8,877

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan shares

 

 

514

 

 

 

750

 

Total shares excluded

 

 

1,955

 

 

 

12,491

 


Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This quarterly report on Form 10-Q, including the following sections, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including in particular, our expectations regarding market demands, customer requirements and the general economic environment, future results of operations, and other statements that include words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. We caution investors that actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain risk factors identified in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the first quarter ended September 30, 2021, our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, and other filings we have made with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These risk factors, include, but are not limited to: fluctuations in demand for our products and services; a highly competitive business environment for network switching equipment; our effectiveness in controlling expenses; the possibility that we might experience delays in the development or introduction of new technology and products; customer response to our new technology and products; fluctuations in the global economy, including political, social, economic, currency and regulatory factors (such as the outbreak of COVID-19); risks related to pending or future litigation; a dependency on third parties for certain components and for the manufacturing of our products and our ability to receive the anticipated benefits of acquired businesses.

Business Overview

The following discussion is based upon our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.  In the course of operating our business, we routinely make decisions as to the timing of the payment of invoices, the collection of receivables, the manufacturing and shipment of products, the fulfillment of orders, the purchase of supplies, and the building of inventory and service parts, among other matters. Each of these decisions has some impact on the financial results for any given period.  In making these decisions, we consider various factors including contractual obligations, customer satisfaction, competition, internal and external financial targets and expectations, and financial planning objectives. For further information about our critical accounting policies and estimates, see the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section included in this “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Extreme Networks, Inc. (“Extreme” or “Company”) is a leading provider of end-to-end, cloud-driven networking solutions and top-rated services and support. Providing a set of comprehensive solutions from the Internet of Things (“IoT”) edge to the cloud, Extreme designs, develops, and manufactures wired and wireless network infrastructure equipment as well as a leading cloud networking platform and applications portfolio using cloud management, machine learning (“ML”), and artificial intelligence (“AI”) to deliver network policy, analytics, security, and access controls. Our solutions enable companies to embrace the value of new cloud technology without having to rip and replace existing infrastructures. Extreme has been pushing the boundaries of networking technology for a quarter of a century, driven by a higher purpose of helping our customers connect beyond the network. Extreme’s cloud-driven technologies provide flexibility and scalability in deployment, management, and licensing of networks globally. Our global footprint provides service to over 50,000 customers across the world including some of the world’s leading names in business, hospitality, retail, transportation and logistics, education, government, healthcare, manufacturing and service providers. We derive all our revenues from the sale of our networking equipment, software subscriptions, and related maintenance contracts.

Industry Background

Enterprises are adopting new Information Technology (“IT”) delivery models and applications that require fundamental network alterations and enhancements spanning from the access edge to the data center. With the impact of the global pandemic, we believe IT teams in every industry will need more control and better insights than ever before to ensure secure, distributed connectivity and comprehensive centralized visibility. ML and AI technologies have the potential to vastly improve the network experience in the post-pandemic world by collating large data sets to increase accuracy and derive resolutions to improve the operation of the network. When applied with cloud-driven networking and automation, administrators can quickly scale to provide productivity, availability, manageability, security, and speed, regardless of how distributed the network is.

We believe that the network has never been more vital than it is today. As administrators grapple with more data, coming from more places, more connected devices, and more Software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) based applications, the cloud is fundamental to establishing a new normal. Traditional network offerings are not well-suited to fulfill enterprise expectations for rapid delivery of new services, more flexible business models, real-time response, and massive scalability. As enterprises continue to migrate increasing numbers of applications and services to either private clouds or public clouds offered by third parties and to adopt new IT delivery models and applications, they are required to make fundamental network alterations and enhancements spanning from device access points (“AP”) to the network core.  In either case, the network infrastructure must adapt to this new dynamic environment. Intelligence and automation are key if enterprises are to derive maximum benefit from their cloud deployments. Service providers are also investing in network enhancements with platforms and applications that deliver data insights, provide flexibility, and can quickly respond to new user demands and 5G use cases.


We believe Extreme stands to benefit from the use of its technology to manage distributed campus network architecture centrally from the cloud. Extreme has blended a dynamic fabric attach architecture, that delivers simplicity for moves and changes at the edge of the network, together with corporate-wide role-based policy. This enables customers to migrate to new cloud managed switching and Wi-Fi, agnostic of the existing networking or wireless equipment they already have installed. In the end, we expect these customers to see lower operating and capital expenditures, lower subscription costs, lower overall cost of ownership and more flexibility along with a more resilient network. We estimate the total addressable market for our Enterprise Networking solutions consisting of cloud networking, wireless local area networks (“WLAN”), data center networking, ethernet switching, campus local area networks (“LAN”), and software-defined wide area network (“SD-WAN”) solutions to be approximately $26 billion and growing at approximately five percent per year over the next three years.  In addition, 5G provides an estimated $3 billion serviceable available market for Service Provider Networking.

The Extreme Strategy

The year 2020 resulted in unprecedented change – from the physical footprint of offices, to supply chain operations, to how we connect. Organizations and workforces extend anywhere and everywhere.  IT leaders are now tasked with ensuring the global, hybrid workforce is functional and successful no matter where they are and ensure people can work wherever they want.

Extreme has recognized that the way we and our customers communicate has changed and the new normal has given rise to these distributed enterprise environments, or in other words, the Infinite Enterprise, which has three key tenets:

Infinitely distributed connectivity is the enterprise-grade reliable connectivity that allows users to connect anywhere, from anywhere. It is always present, available and assured, while being secure and manageable.

Scalable cloud allows administrators to harness the power of the cloud to efficiently onboard, manage, orchestrate, troubleshoot the network, and find data and insights of the distributed connectivity at their pace in their way.

Consumer-centric experience designed to deliver a best-in-class experience to users who consume network services.

Extreme’s broad product, solutions and technology portfolio supports these three tenets and continues to innovate and evolve them to help businesses succeed.

Key elements of Extreme’s strategy and differentiation include:

Creating effortless networking solutions that allow all of us to advance.  We believe that progress is achieved when we connect—allowing us to learn, understand, create, and grow. We make connecting simple and easy with effortless networking experiences that enable all of us to advance how we live, work, and share.

Provide a differentiated end-to-end cloud architecture.  Cloud networking is estimated to be a $2 billion segment of the networking market and is projected to be the fastest growing part of the networking industry at approximately 20% per year over the next three years, according to data from 650 Group Market Research. Cloud management technology has evolved significantly over the past decade. We believe we deliver a combination of innovation, reliability, and security with the leading end-to-end cloud management platform powered by ML and AI that spans from the IoT edge to the enterprise data center. Key characteristics of our cloud architecture include:

o

A robust cloud management platform that delivers visibility, intelligence, and assurance from the IoT edge to the core.

o

Cloud Choice for customers: Our cloud networking solution is available on all major cloud providers (Amazon Web Services (“AWS”), Google Cloud Platform (“GCP”) and Microsoft Azure).

o

Unlimited Network Data plans for the length of the cloud subscription to improve an organization’s ability to make smarter, more effective business decisions.

o

Consumption Flexibility: Offer a range of financing and network purchase options. Our value-based subscription tiers (including Connect, Navigator and Pilot) provide customers with flexibility to grow as they go, as well as offer pool-able and portable licenses that can be transferred between products (e.g. access points and switches) at one fixed price.

o

“No 9s” Reliability and Resiliency to ensure business continuity for our customers.

o

Zero-Trust Security (Information Security Management (“ISO”) 27001 Certified).

Offer customers choice: public or private cloud, or on-premises. We leverage the cloud where it makes sense for our customers and provide on-premises solutions where customers need it and also have a solution for those who want to harness the power of both. Our hybrid approach gives our customers options to adapt the technology to their business. At the same time, all of our solutions have visibility, control and strategic information built in, all tightly integrated with a single view across all of the installed products. Our customers can understand what is going on across their network and applications in real time – who, when, and what is connected to the network - critical for bring your own device (“BYOD”) and IoT usage.

Highest value of cloud management subscriptions. ExtremeCloud IQ Pilot provides our customers with four key applications enabling organizations to eliminate overlays.


o

Extreme AirDefense™ is a comprehensive wireless intrusion prevention system (“WIPS”) that simplifies the protection, monitoring and security of wireless networks. With the added Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy intrusion prevention, network administrators can address growing threats against bluetooth and low energy devices.

o

ExtremeLocation™ delivers proximity, presence and location-based services for advanced contact tracing in support of the location-intelligent enterprise.

o

ExtremeGuest™ is a comprehensive guest engagement solution that enables IT administrators to use analytical insights to engage visitors with personalized engagements.

o

Extreme IoT™ delivers simple and secure onboarding, profiling, segmentation and filtering of IoT devices on a production network.

Offers universal platforms for enterprise class switching and wireless infrastructure. Extreme offers universal platforms which support multiple deployment use cases, providing flexibility and investment protection.

o

Universal switches (5520/5420) support fabric or traditional networking with a choice of cloud or on-premises (air-gapped or cloud connected) management.

o

Universal WiFi 6 APs (300/400 series) support campus or distributed deployments with a choice of cloud or on-premises (air-gapped or cloud connected) management.  

o

Universal licensing with one portable management license for any device and for any type of management.  For switches, OS feature licenses are portable, and bulk activated through ExtremeCloud IQ.

Enable a common fabric to simplify and automate the network.  Fabric technologies virtualize the network infrastructure (decoupling network services from physical connectivity) which enables network services to be turned up faster, with lower likelihood of error.  They make the underlying network much easier to design, implement, manage and troubleshoot.

End-to-End Portfolio. Our cloud-driven solutions provide visibility, control and strategic intelligence from the edge to the data center, across networks and applications. Our solutions include wired switching, wireless switching, wireless access points, WLAN controllers, routers, and an extensive portfolio of software applications that deliver AI-enhanced access control, network and application analytics, as well as network management. All can be managed, assessed and controlled from a single pane of glass on premises or from the cloud.

Provide high-quality “in-house” customer service and support. We seek to enhance customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty through high-quality service and support. This includes a wide range of standard support programs to the level of service our customers require, from standard business hours to global 24-hour-a-day, 365-days-a-year real-time responsive support.

Extend switching and routing technology leadership.  Our technological leadership is based on innovative switching, routing and wireless products, the depth and focus of our market experience and our operating systems - the software that runs on all of our networking products.  Our products reduce operating expenses for our customers and enable a more flexible and dynamic network environment that will help them meet the upcoming demands of IoT, mobile, and cloud.

Expand Wi-Fi technology leadership.  Wireless is today’s network access method of choice and every business must deal with scale, density and BYOD challenges. The network edge landscape is changing as the explosion of mobile devices increases the demand for mobile, transparent, and always-on wired to wireless edge services. The unified access layer requires distributed intelligent components to ensure that access control and resiliency of business services are available across the entire infrastructure and manageable from a single console. We are at a technology inflection point with the pending migration from Wi-Fi 5 solutions to Wi-Fi 6 (802.11ax), focused on providing more efficient access to the broad array of connected devices. We believe we have the industry’s broadest Wi-Fi 6 wireless portfolio providing intelligence for the wired/wireless edge and enhanced by our cloud architecture with machine learning and AI-driven insights.

Offer a superior quality of experience. Our network-powered application analytics provide actionable business insights by capturing and analyzing context-based data about the network and applications to deliver meaningful intelligence about applications, users, locations and devices. With an easy to comprehend dashboard, our applications help businesses turn their network into a strategic business asset that helps executives make faster and more effective decisions.

Expand market penetration by targeting high-growth market segments.  Within the campus, we focus on the mobile user, leveraging our automation capabilities and tracking WLAN growth.  Our data center approach leverages our product portfolio to address the needs of public and private cloud data center providers. We believe that the cloud networking compound annual growth rate will continue to outpace the compound annual growth rate for on-premises managed networking. Our focus is on expanding our technology foothold in the critical cloud networking segment to accelerate not only cloud management adoption, but also subscription-based licensing (SaaS) consumption.


Leverage and expand multiple distribution channels. We distribute our products through select distributors, a large number of resellers and system-integrators worldwide, as well as several large strategic partners. We maintain a field sales force to support our channel partners and to sell directly to certain strategic accounts. As an independent networking vendor, we seek to provide products that, when combined with the offerings of our channel partners, create compelling solutions for end-user customers.

Maintain and extend our strategic relationships. We have established strategic relationships with a number of industry-leading vendors to both, provide increased and enhanced routes to market, and collaboratively develop unique solutions.

Acquisition

On September On September 14, 2021 (the “Acquisition Date”), the Company completed its acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of Ipanematech SAS (“Ipanema”), the cloud-native enterprise Software-Defined Wide Area Network (“SD-WAN”) business unit of Infovista pursuant to a Sale and Purchase Agreement (“the Agreement”).  Under the terms of the Acquisition, the net consideration paid by Extreme to Ipanema stockholders was $70.9 million. The primary reason for the acquisition was to acquire the talent and the technology which will allow us to expand our portfolio with new cloud-managed SD-WAN and security offerings to support our enterprise customers.

Key Financial Metrics

During the first quarter of fiscal 2022, we achieved the following results:  

Net revenues of $267.7 million compared to $235.8 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Product revenues of $185.2 million compared to $161.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Service and subscription revenues of $82.5 million compared to $74.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Total gross margin of 58.1% of net revenues compared to 57.3% of net revenues in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Operating income of $18.4 million compared to operating loss of $0.1 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Net income of $12.7 million compared to net loss of $8.8 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Cash flows provided by operating activities of $40.3 million compared to $24.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2020.  

Cash of $191.3 million as of September 30, 2021 compared to $246.9 million as of June 30, 2021.

Net Revenues

The following table presents net product and service and subscription revenues for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

 

 

Net revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

$

185,161

 

 

$

161,396

 

 

$

23,765

 

 

 

14.7

%

 

 

Percentage of net revenues

 

 

69.2

%

 

 

68.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service and subscription

 

 

82,523

 

 

 

74,406

 

 

 

8,117

 

 

 

10.9

%

 

 

Percentage of net revenues

 

 

30.8

%

 

 

31.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net revenues

 

$

267,684

 

 

$

235,802

 

 

$

31,882

 

 

 

13.5

%

 

 

Product revenues increased $23.8 million or 14.7% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period of fiscal 2021. The product revenues increase for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was primarily due to the material slow-down in global demand during the corresponding period of fiscal 2021 due to the global outbreak of COVID-19.

Service and subscription revenues increased $8.1 million, or 10.9% for the three months ended September 30, 2021 as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2021. The increase in service and subscription revenues was primarily due to the growth in subscription revenues.

The following table presents the product and service and subscription, gross profit and the respective gross profit percentages for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):


 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

Gross profit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

$

104,217

 

 

$

88,001

 

 

$

16,216

 

 

 

18.4

%

Percentage of product revenues

 

 

56.3

%

 

 

54.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service and subscription

 

 

51,386

 

 

 

47,017

 

 

 

4,369

 

 

 

9.3

%

Percentage of service and subscription revenues

 

 

62.3

%

 

 

63.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross profit

 

$

155,603

 

 

$

135,018

 

 

$

20,585

 

 

 

15.2

%

Percentage of net revenues

 

 

58.1

%

 

 

57.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product gross profit increased $16.2 million or 18.4% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2021. The increase in product gross profit was primarily due to increased revenues along with lower distribution charges of $0.5 million, which were mainly due to decreased tariffs, lower excess and obsolete inventory charges of $0.6 million, lower warranty costs of $0.4 million and lower amortization of intangibles due to certain intangibles being fully depreciated.

Service and subscription gross profit increased $4.4 million or 9.3% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2021. The increase was primarily due to increased service and subscription revenues, partially offset by higher personnel costs, professional fees and increased cloud service costs.

Operating Expenses

The following table presents operating expenses for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

$

Change

 

 

%

Change

 

Research and development

 

$

47,766

 

 

$

49,524

 

 

$

(1,758

)

 

 

(3.5

)%

Sales and marketing

 

 

69,527

 

 

 

64,325

 

 

 

5,202

 

 

 

8.1

%

General and administrative

 

 

17,003

 

 

 

16,461

 

 

 

542

 

 

 

3.3

%

Acquisition and integration costs

 

 

1,510

 

 

 

1,975

 

 

 

(465

)

 

 

(23.5

)%

Restructuring and related charges

 

 

279

 

 

 

1,001

 

 

 

(722

)

 

 

(72.1

)%

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

1,154

 

 

 

1,792

 

 

 

(638

)

 

 

(35.6

)%

Total operating expenses

 

$

137,239

 

 

$

135,078

 

 

$

2,161

 

 

 

1.6

%

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs (which consist of compensation, benefits and share-based compensation), consultant fees and prototype expenses related to the design, development, and testing of our products.

Research and development expenses decreased by $1.8 million or 3.5% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2021. The decrease in research and development expenses was due to a $1.3 million decrease in facility and information technology costs and a $1.4 million decrease in software licenses and engineering project costs which lowered depreciation expense, partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in professional and contractor fees and a $0.4 million increase in personnel related costs.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs (which consist of compensation, benefits and share-based compensation), as well as trade shows and promotional expenses.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $5.2 million or 8.1% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2021. The increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to a $4.1 million increase in personnel costs primarily due to higher compensation and benefits costs due to increase in headcount, a $1.0 million increase in travel costs and a $0.4 million increase in other expenses primarily marketing and sales promotions costs, partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in professional fees.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs (which consist of compensation, benefits and share-based compensation), legal and professional service costs, and facilities and information technology costs.


General and administrative expenses increased by $0.5 million or 3.3% for the three months ended September 30, 2021, as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2021. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $1.2 million increase in personnel costs primarily compensation expenses partially offset by a $0.7 million decrease in legal and professional fees.

Acquisition and Integration Costs

During the three months ended September 30, 2021, we incurred $1.5 million of integration costs which consisted primarily of professional fees for legal advisory services and financial services related to the acquisition of Ipanema.

During the three months ended September 30, 2020, we incurred $2.0 million of acquisition and integration costs. Acquisition and integration costs consisted primarily of additional professional fees for system integration and financial services related to Aerohive acquisition.

Restructuring and Related Charges

For the three months ended September 30, 2021, we recorded restructuring and related charges of $0.3 million which primarily comprised of facility-related charges related to our previously impaired facilities.

For the three months ended September 30, 2020, we recorded restructuring charges of $1.0 million. We continued our reduction-in-force initiative began in the third quarter of fiscal 2020 and recorded related severance and benefits charges of $0.7 million related to the 2020 Plan. In addition, we had facility-related charges of $0.3 million related to our previously impaired facilities.

Amortization of Intangibles

During the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, we recorded $1.2 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of operating expenses for amortization of intangibles. The decrease was primarily due to lower amortization related to certain acquired intangibles from previous acquisitions becoming fully amortized.

Interest Expense

During the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, we recorded $3.9 million and $6.7 million, respectively, in interest expense.  The decreases in interest expense were primarily driven by lower average loan balances and lower average rates for the three months ended September 30, 2021under our 2019 Credit Agreement.

Other Income (Expense), Net

During the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, we recorded other income, net of $0.2 million and other expense, net of $0.9 million, respectively. The changes for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was primarily due to foreign exchange losses from the revaluation of certain assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. Dollars.  

Provision for Income Taxes

For the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, we recorded an income tax provision of $2.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

The income tax provisions for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 consisted of (1) taxes on the income of our foreign subsidiaries, (2) foreign withholding taxes, (3) state taxes in jurisdictions where we have no remaining state net operating losses and (4) tax expense associated with the establishment of a U.S. deferred tax liability for amortizable goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Enterasys Networks, Inc., the WLAN Business, the Campus Fabric Business and the Data Center Business.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Report are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted under SEC rules and regulations. The preparation of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could have reasonably used different accounting estimates, and in other instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.


As discussed in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2021, we consider the following accounting policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing our consolidated financial statements:

Revenue Recognition

Inventory Valuation and Purchase Commitments

There have been no changes to our critical accounting policies since the filing of our last Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table summarizes information regarding our cash (in thousands):

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

June 30,

2021

 

Cash

 

$

191,349

 

 

$

246,894

 

As of September 30, 2021, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash of $191.3 million and accounts receivable, net of $129.6 million, and available borrowings under our five-year 2019 Revolving Facility of $60.2 million. Our principal uses of cash include the purchase of finished goods inventory from our contract manufacturers, payroll and other operating expenses related to the development and marketing of our products, purchases of property and equipment, and repayments of debt and related interest. We believe that our $191.3 million of cash at September 30, 2021, our cash flow from operations, and the availability of borrowings from the 2019 Revolving Facility will be sufficient to fund our planned operations for at least the next 12 months.

On November 2, 2018, our Board of Directors announced that it had authorized management to repurchase up to $60.0 million of its shares of common stock for two years from the date of authorization, of which $15.0 million was used for repurchases in fiscal 2019 and $30.0 million was used for repurchases in fiscal 2020. In February 2020, our Board of Directors increased the authorization to repurchase by $40.0 million to $100.0 million and extended the period for repurchases for three years from February 5, 2020. Purchases may be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The manner, timing and amount of any future purchases will be determined by our management based on their evaluation of market conditions, stock price, Extreme’s ongoing determination that it is the best use of available cash and other factors. The repurchase program does not obligate Extreme to acquire any shares of its common stock, may be suspended or terminated at any time without prior notice and will be subject to regulatory considerations. There were no repurchases in the three months ended September 30, 2021.

In connection with the acquisition of Aerohive, as of August 9, 2019, we amended the 2018 Credit Agreement, which is no longer outstanding, and entered into the 2019 Credit Agreement, by and among us, as borrower, several banks and other financial institutions as Lenders, BMO Harris Bank N.A., as an issuing lender and swingline lender, Silicon Valley Bank, as an Issuing Lender, and Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders. The 2019 Credit Agreement provides for a five-year first lien term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $380.0 million and a five-year revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $75.0 million (“2019 Revolving Facility”).  In addition, we may request incremental term loans and/or incremental revolving loan commitments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the sum of $100.0 million plus an unlimited amount that is subject to pro forma compliance with certain financial tests.  On August 9, 2019, we used the proceeds to partially fund the acquisition of Aerohive and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

At our election, the initial term loan (the “Initial Term Loan”) under the 2019 Credit Agreement may be made as either base rate loans or Eurodollar loans. The applicable margin for base rate loans ranges from 0.25% to 2.50% per annum and the applicable margin for Eurodollar loans ranges from 1.25% to 3.50%, in each case based on Extreme’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio. All Eurodollar loans are subject to a Base Rate floor of 0.00%. The 2019 Credit Agreement is secured by substantially all of our assets.

The 2019 Credit Agreement requires us to maintain certain minimum financial ratios at the end of each fiscal quarter. The 2019 Credit Agreement also includes covenants and restrictions that limit, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens upon any of our property, merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets. The 2019 Credit Agreement also includes customary events of default which may result in acceleration of the outstanding balance.

Financial covenants under the 2019 Credit Agreement require us to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge and consolidated leverage ratio at the end of each fiscal quarter through maturity.  The 2019 Credit Agreement also includes covenants and restrictions that limit, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens upon any of our property, merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets.  The 2019 Credit Agreement also includes customary events of default which may result in acceleration of the outstanding balance.

On April 8, 2020, we entered into the First Amendment to waive certain terms and financial covenants of the 2019 Credit Agreement through July 31, 2020. On May 8, 2020, we entered into the Second Amendment which superseded the First Amendment and provided certain revised terms and financial covenants through March 31, 2021. Subsequent to March 31, 2021, the original terms


and financial covenants under the 2019 Credit Agreement resumed in effect. The Second Amendment required us to maintain certain minimum cash requirement and certain financial metrics at the end of each fiscal quarter through March 31, 2021.  Under the terms of the Second Amendment, we were not permitted to exceed $55.0 million in our outstanding balance under the 2019 Revolving Facility, the applicable margin for Eurodollar rate was 4.5% and we were restricted from pursuing certain activities such as incurring additional debt, stock repurchases, making acquisitions or declaring a dividend, until we are in compliance with the original covenants of the 2019 Credit Agreement. On November 3, 2020, we and our lenders entered into the Third Amendment to increase the sublimit for letters of credit to $20.0 million. On December 8, 2020, we and our lenders entered into the Fourth Amendment to waive and amend certain terms and financial covenants within the 2019 Credit Agreement through March 31, 2021.

The Second Amendment provided for us to end the covenant Suspension Period early and revert to the covenants and interest rates per the original terms of the 2019 Credit Agreement dated August 9, 2019 by filing a Suspension Period Early Termination Notice and Covenant Certificate demonstrating compliance. For the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2021 our financial performance was in compliance with the original covenants defined in the 2019 Credit Agreement and as such we filed a Suspension Early Termination Notice and Covenant Certificate with the administration agent subsequent to filing our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2021.  Returning to compliance with the covenants per the original terms of the 2019 Credit Agreement dated August 9, 2019, resulted in our Eurodollar loan spread decreasing from 4.5% during the suspension period to 2.75% and unused facility commitment fee decreasing from 0.4% to 0.35%, and the limitation on revolver borrowings being removed effective May 1, 2021 after filing of the certificate with the administrative agent.

Key Components of Cash Flows and Liquidity

A summary of the sources and uses of cash is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

40,255

 

 

$

24,745

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(72,927

)

 

 

(3,023

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(22,682

)

 

 

(22,772

)

Foreign currency effect on cash

 

 

(191

)

 

 

294

 

Net decrease in cash

 

$

(55,545

)

 

$

(756

)

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Cash flows provided by operations in the three months ended September 30, 2021, were $40.3 million, including our net income of $12.7 million and non-cash expenses of $27.8 million for items such as amortization of intangibles, share-based compensation, depreciation, reduction in carrying amount of right-of-use assets, deferred income taxes, and interest.  Other sources of cash for the period included decreases in accounts receivables and inventory and increases in accounts payable, deferred revenues and other current and long-term liabilities. This was partially offset by increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and decreases in accrued compensation and operating lease liabilities.

Cash flows provided by operations in the three months ended September 30, 2020, were $24.7 million, including our net loss of $8.8 million and non-cash expenses of $30.4 million for items such as amortization of intangibles, share-based compensation, depreciation, reduction in carrying amount of right-of-use assets, deferred income taxes and imputed interest.  Other sources of cash for the period included a decrease in inventory and increase in accounts payable and deferred revenues. This was partially offset by decreases in accrued compensation, other current and long-term liabilities, and operating lease liabilities and increases in accounts receivables and prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities in the three months ended September 30, 2021 were $72.9 million primarily due to the payment of $69.5 million (net of cash acquired) for the acquisition of Ipanema and $3.4 million for the purchases of property and equipment.

Cash flows used in investing activities in the three months ended September 30, 2020 were $3.0 million for the purchases of property and equipment.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

Cash flows used in financing activities in the three months ended September 30, 2021 were $22.7 million due primarily to debt repayments of $16.8 million, payment of contingent consideration of $0.6 million, $1.0 million for deferred payments on acquisitions and $4.4 million for taxes paid on vested and released stock awards net of proceeds from the issuance of shares of our common stock under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and exercise of stock options.


Cash flows used in financing activities in the three months ended September 30, 2020 were $22.8 million due primarily to debt repayments of $24.8 million, payment of contingent consideration of $0.6 million, and $1.0 million for deferred payments on acquisitions. This was partially offset by $3.6 million of proceeds from the issuance of shares of our common stock under our ESPP and exercise of stock options, net of taxes paid on vested and released stock awards.  

Foreign Currency Effect on Cash

Foreign currency effect on cash increased in the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, primarily due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar and particularly the Indian Rupee, the UK Pound, and the EURO.

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2021, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands):

 

 

Payments due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than

1 Year

 

 

1-3 years

 

 

3-5 years

 

 

More than

5 years

 

Contractual obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt obligations

 

$

330,000

 

 

$

28,500

 

 

$

301,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Interest on debt obligations

 

 

21,711

 

 

 

8,811

 

 

 

12,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unconditional purchase obligations

 

 

64,910

 

 

 

64,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual commitments

 

 

90,844

 

 

 

27,732

 

 

 

39,416

 

 

 

17,233

 

 

 

6,463

 

Lease payments on operating leases

 

 

50,995

 

 

 

15,566

 

 

 

22,732

 

 

 

8,765

 

 

 

3,932

 

Deferred payments for an acquisition

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration for an acquisition

 

 

358

 

 

 

358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

517

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

$

565,335

 

 

$

150,058

 

 

$

378,884

 

 

$

25,998

 

 

$

10,395

 

The contractual obligations referenced above are more specifically defined as follows:

Debt obligations related to amounts owed under our 2019 Credit Agreement.

Interest on debt obligations includes the effect of our interest rate swap agreements.

Unconditional purchase obligations represent the purchase of long lead-time component inventory that our contract manufacturers procure in accordance with our forecasts. We expect to honor the inventory purchase commitments within the next 12 months.

Contractual commitments to suppliers represent commitments for future services.

Lease payments on operating leases represent base rents and operating expense obligations to landlords for facilities we occupy at various locations.

Deferred payments for the acquisition of the Data Center Business represent payments of $1.0 million per quarter.

Contingent consideration for an acquisition of a capital financing business in December 2017 from Broadcom, at the estimated fair value.  Actual payments could be different.

Other liabilities include our commitments towards debt related fees and specific arrangements other than inventory.

The amounts in the table above exclude immaterial income tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions as we are unable to reasonably estimate the timing of settlement.

We did not have any material commitments for capital expenditures as of September 30, 2021.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of September 30, 2021.


Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to debt and foreign currencies.

Debt

At certain points in time, we are exposed to the impact of interest rate fluctuations, primarily in the form of variable rate borrowings from the 2019 Credit Agreement, which is described in Note 8, Debt, of the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q.  At September 30, 2021, we had $330.0 million of debt outstanding, all of which was from the 2019 Credit Agreement.  During the quarter ended September 30, 2021, the average daily outstanding amount was $346.6 million with a high of $346.8 million and a low of $330.0 million. 

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

In conjunction with our term loan under the 2019 Credit Agreement, we entered into interest rate swap contracts with large financial institutions. This involves the receipt of variable rate amounts from these institutions in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments without exchange of the underlying notional amount of $200.0 million of our debt. The derivative instruments hedge the impact of the changes in variable interest rates. We record the changes in the fair value of these cash flow hedges of interest rate risk in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until termination of the derivative agreements.

The following table presents hypothetical changes in interest expense for the quarter ended September 30, 2021, on borrowings under the 2019 Credit Agreement and interest rate swap contracts as of September 30, 2021, that are sensitive to changes in interest rates (in thousands):

 

 

Change in interest expense given a decrease in

interest rate of X bps*

 

 

Average outstanding

 

 

Change in interest expense given an increase in

interest rate of X bps*

 

Description

 

(100 bps)

 

 

(50 bps)

 

 

as of September 30, 2021

 

 

100 bps

 

 

50 bps

 

Debt

 

$

(3,466

)

 

$

(1,733

)

 

$

346,568

 

 

$

3,466

 

 

$

1,733

 

Interest Rate Swaps

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

(200,000

)

 

 

(2,000

)

 

 

(1,000

)

Net

 

$

(1,466

)

 

$

(733

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,466

 

 

$

733

 

*

Underlying interest rate was 2.4% as of September 30, 2021.

Exchange Rate Sensitivity

A majority of our sales and expenses are denominated in United States Dollars. While we conduct some sales transactions and incur certain operating expenses in foreign currencies and expect to continue to do so, we do not anticipate that foreign exchange gains or losses will be significant, in part because of our foreign exchange risk management process discussed below.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts

We record all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in earnings as Other expense, net. From time to time, we enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate the effect of gains and losses generated by the foreign currency forecast transactions related to certain operating expenses and re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. These derivatives do not qualify as hedges. Changes in the fair value of these foreign exchange forward contracts are offset largely by re-measurement of the underlying foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. At December 31, 2017,As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, foreign exchange forward contracts not designated as hedging instruments, had a notional amount of $22.6 million and $7.5 million, respectively. These contracts have maturities of less than 40 days. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in earnings as Other income (expense), net. As of September 30, 2021, we had $1.5 million notional of forward foreign currency contracts outstanding.designated as hedging instruments had a notional amount of $11.3 million. These contracts have maturities of less than twelve months. Gains and losses arising from these contracts designated as hedging instruments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). As of September 30, 2021, these contracts had unrealized losses of $0.4 million which are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) with the associated liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. There were no foreign exchange forward currency contracts that were designated as hedging instruments at September 30, 2020.


Foreign currency transaction gains and losses from operations was a gain of $0.3 million and a loss of $0.6 million and gain of $0.2$1.2 million for the three months ended December 31, 2017September 30, 2021 and 2016, respectively. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses from operations was a loss of $1.1 million and gain of $0.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.2020, respectively.


Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to reasonably assureensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, such as this Report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms and to reasonably assureensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Report. Based on this evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a – 15(f) and 15(d)15d – 15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) during the December 31, 2017 three months ended September 30, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. We implemented internal controls to ensure we adequately evaluated our contracts and properly assessed the impact of the new accounting standards related to revenue recognition to facilitate its adoption on July 1, 2017. There were no significant changes to our internal control over financial reporting due to the adoption of this new standard.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Our controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that our control system’s objective will be met, and our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within Extreme Networks have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events. Projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. Notwithstanding these limitations, our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives. Our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are, in fact, effective at the “reasonable assurance” level.


PART II. OtherOther Information

For information regarding litigation matters required by this item, refer to Part I, Item 3, Legal ProceedingsProceedings” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017,2021, and Note 9 to our Notesthe notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,condensed consolidated financial statements, included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A.Risk Factors

The following is a list ofOur operations and financial results are subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those described in Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2021, which may have a material and adverse effect oncould adversely affect our business, operations, industry, financial condition, results of operations, or future financial performance. While we believe we have identified and discussed below the key risk factors affecting our business, there may be additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known or that are not currently believed to be significant that may adversely affect our business, results of operations, industry, financial position and financial performance in the future

We may not realize anticipated benefits of past or future acquisitions and strategic investments,cash flows, and the integration of acquired companies or technologies may negatively impact our business and financial results or dilute the ownership interests of our stockholders.

As part of our business strategy, we review acquisition and strategic investment prospects that we believe would complement our current product offerings, augment our market coverage or enhance our technical capabilities, or otherwise offer growth opportunities. In the event of any future acquisitions, we could:

issue equity securities which would dilute current stockholders’ percentage ownership;

incur substantial debt;

assume contingent liabilities; or

expend significant cash.

These actions could have a material adverse effect on our operating results or thetrading price of our common stock.

For example, on October 28, 2016, we completed the acquisition of the WLAN Business from Zebra Technologies Corporation and amended the Credit Facility with our lenders to finance the acquisition.  As of December 31, 2017, we have $185.0 million of indebtedness outstanding.

On July 14, 2017, we completed the acquisition of the Campus Fabric Business for a purchase price of $100.0 million subject to certain adjustments set forth in the Avaya Purchase Agreement.

On October 27, 2017, the Company completed its acquisition of the Data Center Business.  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Brocade Asset Purchase Agreement (“Brocade Purchase Agreement”), the Company acquired customers, employees, technology and other assets of the Data Center Business, as well as assumed certain contracts and other liabilities of the Data Center Business, for an upfront cash closing payment equal to $23.0 million, plus a deferred payment equal to $20.0 million to be paid $1 million per quarter for 20 quarters following the Closing, plus quarterly earn out payments equal to 50% of profits of the Data Center Business, with certain deductions per the terms of the Brocade Purchase Agreement, for the five-year period commencing at the end of our first full fiscal quarter following the Brocade Closing Date.  

Moreover, even if we do obtain benefits in the form of increased sales and earnings, these benefits may be recognized much later than the time when the expenses associated with an acquisition are incurred. This is particularly relevant in cases where it would be necessary to integrate new types of technology into our existing portfolio and new types of products may be targeted for potential customers with which we do not have pre-existing relationships.

Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions and investment activities, including the WLAN Business, Campus Fabric Business and Brocade Data Center Business, also entail numerous risks, including, but not limited to:

difficulties in the assimilation and successful integration of acquired operations, technologies and/or products;

unanticipated costs, litigation or other contingent liabilities associated with the acquisition or investment transaction;

incurrence of acquisition and integration-related costs, goodwill or in-process research and development impairment charges, or amortization costs for acquired intangible assets, that could negatively impact our operating results and financial condition;


the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;

risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience;

the potential loss of key employees of acquired organizations and inability to attract or retain other key employees; and

substantial charges for the amortization of certain purchased intangible assets, deferred stock compensation or similar items.

We may not be able to successfully integrate any businesses, products, technologies, or personnel that we might acquire in the future, and our failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our credit facilities impose financial and operating restrictions on us.

Our debt instruments, including our credit facility, as amended, entered into in connection with the WLAN Business and Campus Fabric Business, impose, and the terms of any future debt may impose, operating and other restrictions on us. These restrictions could affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, among other items, our ability to:

incur additional indebtedness;

create liens;

make investments;

enter into transactions with affiliates;

sell assets;

guarantee indebtedness;

declare or pay dividends or other distributions to stockholders;

repurchase equity interests;

change the nature of our business;

enter into swap agreements;

issue or sell capital stock of certain of our subsidiaries; and

consolidate, merge, or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

The agreements governing our credit facility, as amended, also require us to achieve and maintain compliance with specified financial ratios. A breach of any of these restrictive covenants or the inability to comply with the required financial ratios could result in a default under our debt instruments. If any such default occurs, the lenders under our credit agreement may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable. The lenders under our credit agreement also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. If we are unable to repay outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under our credit agreement will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the debt. If the debt under our credit agreement were to be accelerated, we cannot give assurance that this collateral would be sufficient to repay our debt.

If we fail to meet our payment or other obligations under our credit facility, as amended, the lenders under such credit facility, as amended, could foreclose on, and acquire control of, substantially all of our assets.

Our credit facility, as amended, is jointly and severally guaranteed by us and certain of our subsidiaries. Borrowings under our credit facility, as amended, are secured by liens on substantially all of our assets, including the capital stock of certain of our subsidiaries, and the assets of our subsidiaries that are loan party guarantors. If we are unable to repay outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under our credit agreement will have the right to proceed against this pledged capital stock and take control of substantially all of our assets.

To successfully manage our business or achieve our goals, we must attract, retain, train, motivate, develop and promote key employees, and failure to do so can harm us.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our key management, engineering, sales and marketing, service and operations personnel, many of whom would be difficult to replace. We do not have employment contracts with


these individuals that mandate that they render services for any specific term, nor do we carry life insurance on any of our key personnel. We have experienced and may in the future experience significant turnover in our executive personnel.  Changes in our management and key employees could affect our financial results, and a recent reduction in force, may impede our ability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel.  We believe our future success will also depend in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled managerial, engineering, sales and marketing, service, finance and operations personnel.  The market for these personnel is competitive, and we have had difficulty in hiring employees, particularly engineers, in the time-frame we desire.

A number of our employees are foreign nationals who rely on visas and entry permits in order to legally work in the United States and other countries.  In recent years, the United States has increased the level of scrutiny in granting H-1(B), L-1 and other business visas.  In addition, the current U.S. administration has indicated that immigration reform is a priority. Compliance with United States immigration and labor laws could require us to incur additional unexpected labor costs and expenses or could restrain our ability to retain skilled professionals.  Any of these restrictions could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial conditions.

We cannot assure you we will be profitable in the future, and our financial results may fluctuate significantly from period to period.

We have reported losses in each of our three most recent fiscal years. In addition, in years when we reported profits, we were not profitable in each quarter during those years. We anticipate continuing to incur significant sales and marketing, product development and general and administrative expenses. Any delay in generating or recognizing revenue could result in a loss for a quarter or full year. Even if we are profitable, our operating results may fall below our expectations and those of our investors, which could cause the price of our stock to fall.

We may experience challenges or delays in generating or recognizing revenue for a number of reasons and our revenue and operating results have varied significantly in the past and may vary significantly in the future due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

our dependence on obtaining orders during a quarter and shipping those orders in the same quarter to achieve our revenue objectives;

decreases in the prices of the products we sell;

the mix of products sold and the mix of distribution channels through which products are sold;

acceptance provisions in customer contracts;

our ability to deliver installation or inspection services by the end of the quarter;

changes in general and/or specific economic conditions in the networking industry;

seasonal fluctuations in demand for our products and services;

a disproportionate percentage of our sales occurring in the last month of the quarter;

our ability to ship products by the end of a quarter;

reduced visibility into the implementation cycles for our products and our customers’ spending plans;

our ability to forecast demand for our products, which in the case of lower-than-expected sales, may result in excess or obsolete inventory in addition to non-cancelable purchase commitments for component parts;

our sales to the telecommunications service provider market, which represents a significant source of large product orders, being especially volatile and difficult to forecast;

product returns or the cancellation or rescheduling of orders;

announcements and new product introductions by our competitors;

our ability to develop and support relationships with enterprise customers, service providers and other potential large customers;

our ability to achieve and maintain targeted cost reductions;

fluctuations in warranty or other service expenses actually incurred;

our ability to obtain sufficient supplies of sole- or limited-source components for our products on a timely basis;


increases in the price of the components we purchase; and

changes in funding for customer technology purchases in our markets, such as policy changes in public funding of educational institutions in the United States in accordance with the Federal Communications Commission’s E-Rate program.

Due to the foregoing and other factors, many of which are described herein, period-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as an indicator of our future performance.

The global economic environment has and may continue to negatively impact our business and operating results.

The challenges and uncertainty currently affecting global economic conditions may negatively impact our business and operating results in the following ways:

customers may delay or cancel plans to purchase our products and services;

customers may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, the amounts they owe us, which may adversely affect our cash flow, the timing of our revenue recognition and the amount of our revenue;

increased pricing pressure may result from our competitors aggressively discounting their products;

accurate budgeting and planning will be difficult due to low visibility into future sales;

forecasting customer demand will be more difficult, increasing the risk of either excess and obsolete inventory if our forecast is too high or insufficient inventory to meet customer demand if our forecast is too low; and

our component suppliers and contract manufacturers There have been negatively affected by the economy, which may result in product delays and changes in pricing and service levels.

If global economic conditions do not show continued improvement, we believe we could experienceno material adverse impacts to our business and operating results.

We depend upon international sales for a significant portion of our revenue which imposes a number of risks on our business.

International sales constitute a significant portion of our net revenue. Our ability to grow will depend in part on the expansion of international sales. Our international sales primarily depend on the success of our resellers and distributors. The failure of these resellers and distributors to sell our products internationally would limit our ability to sustain and grow our revenue. There are a number of risks arising from our international business, including:

longer accounts receivable collection cycles;

difficulties in managing operations across disparate geographic areas;

difficulties associated with enforcing agreements through foreign legal systems;

reduced or limited protection of intellectual property rights, particularly in jurisdictions that have less developed intellectual property regimes, such as China and India;

higher credit risks requiring cash in advance or letters of credit;

potential adverse tax consequences;

compliance with regulatory requirements of foreign countries, including compliance with rapidly evolving environmental regulations;

compliance with U.S. laws and regulations pertaining to the sale and distribution of products to customers in foreign countries, including export controls and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

the payment of operating expenses in local currencies, which exposes us to risks of currency fluctuations.

political and economic turbulence;

terrorism, war or other armed conflict;

compliance with U.S. and other applicable government regulations prohibiting certain end-uses and restrictions on trade with embargoed or sanctioned countries, such as Russia, and with denied parties;

potential import tariffs imposed by the United States and the possibility of reciprocal tariffs by foreign countries;


difficulty in conducting due diligence with respect to business partners in certain international markets;

increased complexity of accounting rules and financial reporting requirements;

fluctuations in local economies; and

natural disasters and epidemics.

Any or all of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Substantially all of our international sales are United States dollar-denominated. The continued strength and future increases in the value of the United States dollar relative to foreign currencies could make our products less competitive in international markets. In the future, we may elect to invoice some of our international customers in local currency, which would expose us to fluctuations in exchange rates between the United States dollar and the particular local currency. If we do so, we may decide to engage in hedging transactions to minimize the risk of such fluctuations.

We have entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to offset the impact of payment of operating expenses in local currencies to some of our operating foreign subsidiaries. However, if we are not successful in managing these foreign currency transactions, we could incur losses from these activities.

Local laws and customs in many countries differ significantly from, or conflict with, those in the United States or in other countries in which we operate. In many foreign countries, it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or U.S. regulations applicable to us. Although we have implemented policies, procedures and training designed to ensure compliance with these U.S. and foreign laws and policies, there can be no complete assurance that any individual employee, contractor, channel partner, or agents will not violate our policies and procedures. Violations of laws or key control policies by our employees, contractors, channel partners, or agents could result in termination of our relationship, financial reporting problems, fines, and/or penalties for us, or prohibition on the importation or exportation of our products, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We expect the average selling price of our products to decrease, which is likely to reduce gross margin and/or revenue.

The network equipment industry has traditionally experienced an erosion of average selling prices due to a number of factors, including competitive pricing pressures, promotional pricing and technological progress. We anticipate the average selling prices of our products will decrease in the future in response to competitive pricing pressures, excess inventories, increased sales discounts and new product introductions by us or our competitors. We may experience decreases in future operating results due to the erosion of our average selling prices. To maintain our gross margin, we must develop and introduce on a timely basis new products and product enhancements and continually reduce our product costs. Our failure to do so would likely cause our revenue and gross margin to decline.

We purchase several key components for products from single or limited sources and could lose sales if these suppliers fail to meet our needs.

We currently purchase several key components used in the manufacturing of our products from single or limited sources and are dependent upon supply from these sources to meet our needs. Certain components such as tantalum capacitors, SRAM, DRAM, and printed circuit boards, have been in the past, and may in the future be, in short supply. We have encountered, and are likely in the future to encounter, shortages and delays in obtaining these or other components, and this could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet customer orders. Our principal sole-source components include:

ASICs - merchant silicon, Ethernet switching, custom and physical interface;

microprocessors;

programmable integrated circuits;

selected other integrated circuits;

custom power supplies; and

custom-tooled sheet metal.

Our principal limited-source components include:

flash memory;

DRAMs and SRAMs;


printed circuit boards;

CAMs;

connectors; and

timing circuits (crystals & clocks).

We use our forecast of expected demand to determine our material requirements. Lead times for materials and components we order vary significantly, and depend on factors such as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand for a component at a given time. If forecasts exceed orders, we may have excess and/or obsolete inventory, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. If orders exceed forecasts, we may have inadequate supplies of certain materials and components, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet customer delivery requirements and to recognize revenue.

Our top ten suppliers accounted for a significant portion of our purchases during the quarter. Given the significant concentration of our supply chain, particularly with certain sole or limited source providers, any significant interruption by any of the key suppliers or a termination of a relationship could temporarily disrupt our operations.  Additionally, our operations are materially dependent upon the continued market acceptance and quality of these manufacturers’ products and their ability to continue to manufacture products that are competitive and that comply with laws relating to environmental and efficiency standards. Our inability to obtain products from one or more of these suppliers or a decline in market acceptance of these suppliers’ products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Other than pursuant to an agreement with a key component supplier which includes pricing based on a minimum volume commitment, generally we do not have agreements fixing long-term prices or minimum volume requirements from suppliers. From time to time we have experienced shortages and allocations of certain components, resulting in delays in filling orders. Qualifying new suppliers to compensate for such shortages may be time-consuming and costly and may increase the likelihood of errors in design or production. In addition, during the development of our products, we have experienced delays in the prototyping of our chipsets, which in turn has led to delays in product introductions. Similar delays may occur in the future. Furthermore, the performance of the components from our suppliers as incorporated in our products may not meet the quality requirements of our customers.

Intense competition in the market for networking equipment could prevent us from increasing revenue and attaining profitability.

The market for network switching solutions is intensely competitive and dominated primarily by Cisco Systems Inc., Dell Inc., Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company, Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd., Arista Networks, Inc. and Juniper Networks, Inc. Most of our competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger customer bases, broader product lines and substantially greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources. As a result, these competitors are able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products. In addition, they have larger distribution channels, stronger brand names, access to more customers, a larger installed customer base and a greater ability to make attractive offers to channel partners and customers than we do. Some of our customers may question whether we have the financial resources to complete their projects and future service commitments.

For example, we have encountered, and expect to continue to encounter in the future, many potential customers who are confident in and committed to the product offerings of our principal competitors. Accordingly, these potential customers may not consider or evaluate our products. When such potential customers have considered or evaluated our products, we have in the past lost, and expect in the future to lose, sales to some of these customers as large competitors have offered significant price discounts to secure these sales.

The pricing policies of our competitors impact the overall demand for our products and services. Some of our competitors are capable of operating at significant losses for extended periods of time, increasing pricing pressure on our products and services. If we do not maintain competitive pricing, the demand for our products and services, as well as our market share, may decline. From time to time, we may lower the prices of our products and services in response to competitive pressure. When this happens, if we are unable to reduce our component costs or improve operating efficiencies, our revenue and gross margins will be adversely affected.

We may not fully realize the anticipated positive impacts to future financial results from our restructuring efforts.

We have undertaken restructuring efforts in the past to streamline operations and reduce operating expenses. Our ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and other benefits from our restructuring efforts within expected time frames is subject to many estimates and assumptions and may vary materially based on factors such as market conditions and the effect of our restructuring efforts on our work force. These estimates and assumptions are subject to significant economic, competitive and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. We cannot assure that we will fully realize the anticipated positive impacts to future financial results from our current or future restructuring efforts. If our estimates and assumptions are incorrect or if other unforeseen events


occur, we may not achieve the cost savings expected from such restructurings, and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Industry consolidation may lead to stronger competition and may harm our operating results.

There has been a trend toward industry consolidation in our markets for several years. We expect this trend to continue as companies attempt to strengthen or hold their market positions in an evolving industry and as companies are acquired or are unable to continue operations. For example, some of our current and potential competitors for enterprise data center business have made acquisitions or announced new strategic alliances, designed to position them with the ability to provide end-to-end technology solutions for the enterprise data center. Companies that are strategic alliance partners in some areas of our business may acquire or form alliances with our competitors, thereby reducing their business with us. We believe industry consolidation may result in stronger competitors that are better able to compete as sole-source vendors for customers. This could lead to more variability in our operating results and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. Furthermore, particularly in the service provider market, rapid consolidation will lead to fewer customers, with the effect that loss of a major customer could have a material impact on results not anticipated in a customer marketplace composed of more numerous participants.

We intend to invest in engineering, sales, services, marketing and manufacturing on a long term basis, and delays or inability to attain the expected benefits may result in unfavorable operating results.

While we intend to focus on managing our costs and expenses, over the long term, we also intend to invest in personnel and other resources related to our engineering, sales, services, marketing and manufacturing functions as we focus on our foundational priorities, such as leadership in our core products and solutions and architectures for business transformation. We are likely to recognize the costs associated with these investments earlier than some of the anticipated benefits and the return on these investments may be lower, or may develop more slowly, than we expect. If we do not achieve the benefits anticipated from these investments, or if the achievement of these benefits is delayed, our operating results may be adversely affected.

Our success is dependent on our ability to continually introduce new products and features that achieve broad market acceptance.

The network equipment market is characterized by rapid technological progress, frequent new product introductions, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry standards. If we do not regularly introduce new products in this dynamic environment, our product lines will become obsolete. These new products must be compatible and inter-operate with products and architectures offered by other vendors. We have and may in the future experience delays in product development and releases, and such delays have and could in the future adversely affect our ability to compete and our operating results.

When we announce new products or product enhancements or end of sale existing products that have the potential to replace or shorten the life cycle of our existing products, customers may defer or cancel orders for our existing products. These actions could have a material adverse effect on our operating results by unexpectedly decreasing sales, increasing inventory levels of older products and exposing us to greater risk of product obsolescence.

Even if we introduce new switching products, alternative technologies could achieve widespread market acceptance and displace the Ethernet technology on which we have based our product architecture. For example, developments in routers and routing software could significantly reduce demand for our products. As a result, we may not be able to achieve widespread market acceptance of our current or future products.

If we do not successfully anticipate technological shifts, market needs and opportunities, and develop products, product enhancements and business strategies that meet those technological shifts, needs and opportunities, or if those products are not made available or strategies are not executed in a timely manner or do not gain market acceptance, we may not be able to compete effectively and our ability to generate revenues will suffer.

The markets for our products are constantly evolving and characterized by rapid technological change, frequent product introductions, changes in customer requirements, and continuous pricing pressures. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to anticipate future technological shifts, market needs and opportunities or be able to develop new products, product enhancements and business strategies to meet such technological shifts, needs or opportunities in a timely manner or at all. For example, the move from traditional network infrastructures towards SDN has been receiving considerable attention. In our view, it will take several years to see the full impact of SDN, and we believe the successful products and solutions in this market will combine hardware and software elements together.  If we fail to anticipate market requirements or opportunities or fail to develop and introduce new products, product enhancements or business strategies to meet those requirements or opportunities in a timely manner, it could cause us to lose customers, and such failure could substantially decrease or delay market acceptance and sales of our present and future products and services, which would significantly harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Even if we are able to anticipate,


develop and commercially introduce new products and enhancements, we cannot assure that new products or enhancements will achieve widespread market acceptance.

Our revenues may decline as a result of changes in public funding of educational institutions.

A portion of our revenues comes from sales to both public and private K-12 educational institutions. Public schools receive funding from local tax revenue, and from state and federal governments through a variety of programs, many of which seek to assist schools located in underprivileged or rural areas. The funding for a portion of our sales to educational institutions comes from a federal funding program known as the E-Rate program. E-Rate is a program of the Federal Communications Commission that subsidizes the purchase of approved telecommunications, Internet access, and internal connection costs for eligible public educational institutions.  The E-Rate program, its eligibility criteria, the timing and specific amount of federal funding actually available and which Wi-Fi infrastructure and product sectors will benefit, are uncertain and subject to final federal program approval and funding appropriation continues to be under review by the Federal Communications Commission, and we cannot assure that this program or its equivalent will continue, and as a result, our business may be harmed. In addition, since the inception of the E-Rate program funding has decreased causing a reduction in demand for our products. Furthermore, if state or local funding of public education is significantly reduced because of legislative or policy changes or by reductions in tax revenues due to changing economic conditions, our sales to educational institutions may be negatively impacted by these changed conditions.  Any reduction in spending on information technology systems by educational institutions would likely materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.  This is a specific example of the many factors which add additional uncertainty to our future revenue from our education end-customers.

The cloud networking market is still in its early stages and is rapidly evolving. If this market does not evolve as we anticipate or our target end customers do not adopt our cloud networking solutions, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our ability to generate revenue will suffer.

The cloud networking market is still in its early stages. The market demand for cloud networking solutions has increased in recent years as end customers have deployed larger networks and have increased the use of virtualization and cloud computing. Our success may be impacted by our ability to provide successful cloud networking solutions that address the needs of our channel partners and end customers more effectively and economically than those of other competitors or existing technologies.  If the cloud networking solutions market does not develop in the way we anticipate, if our solutions do not offer significant benefits compared to competing legacy network switching products or if end customers do not recognize the benefits that our solutions provide, then our potential for growth in this cloud market could be adversely affected.

Claims of infringement by others may increase and the resolution of such claims may adversely affect our operating results.

Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patents, copyrights (including rights to “open source” software) and other intellectual property rights. Because of the existence of a large number of patents in the networking field, the secrecy of some pending patents and the issuance of new patents at a rapid pace, it is not possible to determine in advance if a product or component might infringe the patent rights of others. Because of the potential for courts awarding substantial damages, the lack of predictability of such awards and the high legal costs associated with the defense of such patent infringement matters that would be expended to prove lack of infringement, it is not uncommon for companies in our industry to settle even potentially unmeritorious claims for very substantial amounts. Furthermore, the entities with whom we have or could have disputes or discussions include entities with extensive patent portfolios and substantial financial assets. These entities are actively engaged in programs to generate substantial revenue from their patent portfolios and are seeking or may seek significant payments or royalties from us and others in our industry.

Litigation resulting from claims that we are infringing the proprietary rights of others has resulted and could in the future result in substantial costs and a diversion of resources, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We previously received notices from entities alleging that we were infringing their patents and have been party to patent litigation in the past.

Without regard to the merits of these or any other claims, an adverse court order or a settlement could require us, among other actions, to:

stop selling our products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

obtain a royalty bearing license to sell or use the relevant technology, and that license may not be available on reasonable terms or available at all;

pay damages;


redesign those products that use the disputed technology; or

face a ban on importation of our products into the United States.

In addition, our products include so-called “open source” software. Open source software is typically licensed for use at no initial charge, but imposes on the user of the open source software certain requirements to license to others both the open source software as well as modifications to the open source software under certain circumstances. Our use of open source software subjects us to certain additional risks for the following reasons:

open source license terms may be ambiguous and may result in unanticipated obligations regarding the licensing of our products and intellectual property;

open source software cannot be protected under trade secret law;

suppliers of open-source software do not provide the warranty, support and liability protections typically provided by vendors who offer proprietary software; and

it may be difficult for us to accurately determine the developers of the open source code and whether the acquired software infringes third-party intellectual property rights.

We believe even if we do not infringe the rights of others, we will incur significant expenses in the future due to defense of legal claims, disputes or licensing negotiations, though the amounts cannot be determined. These expenses may be material or otherwise adversely affect our operating results.

Our operating results may be negatively affected by defending or pursuing claims or lawsuits.

We have in the past, currently are and will likely in the future pursue or be subject to claims or lawsuits in the normal course of our business. In addition to the risks related to the intellectual property lawsuits described above, we are currently parties to other litigation as described in Note 9 to our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report. Regardless of the result, litigation can be expensive, lengthy and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict. An unfavorable resolution of a lawsuit in which we are a defendant could result in a court order against us or payments to other parties that would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Even if we are successful in prosecuting claims and lawsuits, we may not recover damages sufficient to cover our expenses incurred to manage, investigate and pursue the litigation. In addition, subject to certain limitations, we may be obligated to indemnify our current and former customers, suppliers, directors, officers and employees in certain lawsuits. We may not have adequate insurance coverage to cover all of our litigation costs and liabilities.

If we fail to protect our intellectual property, our business could suffer.

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and restrictions on disclosure to protect our intellectual property rights. However, we cannot ensure that the actions we have taken will adequately protect our intellectual property rights or that other parties will not independently develop similar or competing products that do not infringe on our patents. We generally enter into confidentiality, invention assignment or license agreements with our employees, consultants and other third parties with whom we do business, and control access to and distribution of our intellectual property and other proprietary information. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise misappropriate or use our products or technology, which would adversely affect our business.

When our products contain undetected errors, we may incur significant unexpected expenses and could lose sales.

Network products frequently contain undetected errors when new products or new versions or updates of existing products are released to the marketplace. In the past, we have experienced such errors in connection with new products and product updates. We have experienced component problems in prior years that caused us to incur higher than expected warranty, service costs and expenses, and other related operating expenses. In the future, we expect that, from time to time, such errors or component failures will be found in new or existing products after the commencement of commercial shipments. These problems may have a material adverse effect on our business by causing us to incur significant warranty, repair and replacement costs, diverting the attention of our engineering personnel from new product development efforts, delaying the recognition of revenue and causing significant customer relations problems. Further, if products are not accepted by customers due to such defects, and such returns exceed the amount we accrued for defective returns based on our historical experience, our operating results would be adversely affected.

Our products must successfully inter-operate with products from other vendors. As a result, when problems occur in a network, it may be difficult to identify the sources of these problems. The occurrence of system errors, whether or not caused by our products, could result in the delay or loss of market acceptance of our products and any necessary revisions may cause us to incur significant


expenses. The occurrence of any such problems would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our dependence on a few manufacturers for our manufacturing requirements could harm our operating results.

We primarily rely on our manufacturing partners: Alpha Networks; Senao Networks; Benchmark Electronics; Foxconn, Delta Networks and LiteOn and select other partners to manufacture our products. We have experienced delays in product shipments from some of our manufacturing partners in the past, which in turn delayed product shipments to our customers. These or similar problems may arise in the future, such as delivery of products of inferior quality, delivery of insufficient quantity of products, or the interruption or discontinuance of operations of a manufacturer, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. In addition, any natural disaster or business interruption to our manufacturing partners could significantly disrupt our business. While we maintain strong relationships with our manufacturing partners, our agreements with these manufacturers are generally of limited duration and pricing, quality and volume commitments are negotiated on a recurring basis. The failure to maintain continuing agreements with our manufacturing partners could adversely affect our business. We intend to introduce new products and product enhancements, which will require that we rapidly achieve volume production by coordinating our efforts with those of our suppliers and contract manufacturers.

As part of our cost-reduction efforts, we will need to realize lower per unit product costs from our manufacturing partners by means of volume efficiencies and the utilization of manufacturing sites in lower-cost geographies. However, we cannot be certain when or if such price reductions will occur. The failure to obtain such price reductions would adversely affect our operating results.

We must continue to develop and increase the productivity of our indirect distribution channels to increase net revenue and improve our operating results.

Our distribution strategy focuses primarily on developing and increasing the productivity of our indirect distribution channels. If we fail to develop and cultivate relationships with significant channel partners, or if these channel partners are not successful in their sales efforts, sales of our products may decrease and our operating results could suffer. Many of our channel partners also sell products from other vendors that compete with our products. Our channel partners may not continue to market or sell our products effectively or to devote the resources necessary to provide us with effective sales, marketing and technical support. We may not be able to successfully manage our sales channels or enter into additional reseller and/or distribution agreements. Our failure to do any of these could limit our ability to grow or sustain revenue.

Our operating results for any given period have and will continue to depend to a significant extent on large orders from a relatively small number of channel partners and other customers. However, we do not have binding purchase commitments from any of them. A substantial reduction or delay in sales of our products to a significant reseller, distributor or other customer could harm our business, operating results and financial condition because our expense levels are based on our expectations as to future revenue and to a large extent are fixed in the short term. Under specified conditions, some third-party distributors are allowed to return products to us and unexpected returns could adversely affect our results.

The sales cycle for our products is long and we may incur substantial non-recoverable expenses or devote significant resources to sales that do not occur when anticipated.

The purchase of our products represent a significant strategic decision by a customer regarding its communications infrastructure. The decision by customers to purchase our products is often based on the results of a variety of internal procedures associated with the evaluation, testing, implementation and acceptance of new technologies. Accordingly, the product evaluation process frequently results in a lengthy sales cycle, typically ranging from three months to longer than a year, and as a result, our ability to sell products is subject to a number of significant risks, including risks that:

budgetary constraints and internal acceptance reviews by customers will result in the loss of potential sales;

there may be substantial variation in the length of the sales cycle from customer to customer, making decisions on the expenditure of resources difficult to assess;

we may incur substantial sales and marketing expenses and expend significant management time in an attempt to initiate or increase the sale of products to customers, but not succeed;

if a sales forecast from a specific customer for a particular quarter is not achieved in that quarter, we may be unable to compensate for the shortfall, which could harm our operating results; and

downward pricing pressures could occur during the lengthy sales cycle for our products.


Failure to successfully expand our sales and support teams or educate them in regard to technologies and our product families may harm our operating results.

The sale of our products and services requires a concerted effort that is frequently targeted at several levels within a prospective customer's organization. We may not be able to increase net revenue unless we expand our sales and support teams in order to address all of the customer requirements necessary to sell our products.

We cannot assure that we will be able to successfully integrate employees into our company or to educate and train current and future employees in regard to rapidly evolving technologies and our product families. A failure to do so may hurt our revenue growth and operating results.

Failure of our products to comply with evolving industry standards and complex government regulations may adversely impact our business.

If we do not comply with existing or evolving industry standards and government regulations, we may not be able to sell our products where these standards or regulations apply. The network equipment industry in which we compete is characterized by rapid changes in technology and customers’ requirements and evolving industry standards. As a result, our success depends on:

the timely adoption and market acceptance of industry standards, and timely resolution of conflicting U.S. and international industry standards; and

our ability to influence the development of emerging industry standards and to introduce new and enhanced products that are compatible with such standards.

In the past, we have introduced new products that were not compatible with certain technological standards, and in the future, we may not be able to effectively address the compatibility and interoperability issues that arise as a result of technological changes and evolving industry standards.

Our products must also comply with various U.S. federal government regulations and standards defined by agencies such as the Federal Communications Commission, standards established by governmental authorities in various foreign countries and recommendations of the International Telecommunication Union. In some circumstances, we must obtain regulatory approvals or certificates of compliance before we can offer or distribute our products in certain jurisdictions or to certain customers. Complying with new regulations or obtaining certifications can be costly and disruptive to our business.

If we do not comply with existing or evolving industry standards or government regulations, we will not be able to sell our products where these standards or regulations apply, which may prevent us from sustaining our net revenue or achieving profitability.

If we do not adequately manage and evolve our financial reporting and managerial systems and processes, our ability to manage and grow our business may be harmed.

Our ability to successfully implement our business plan and comply with regulations requires an effective planning and management process. We need to continue improving our existing, and implement new, operational and financial systems, procedures and controls. We need to ensure that any businesses acquired, including the WLAN Business and Campus Fabric Business, are appropriately integrated in our financial systems. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the integration of acquired businesses, or delay and disruption in the transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, could harm our ability to record and report financial and management information on a timely and accurate basis, or to forecast future results.


Recent U.S. tax legislation may materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Recently enacted U.S. tax legislation has significantly changed the U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. corporations, including by reducing the U.S. corporate income tax rate, limiting interest deductions, permitting immediate expensing of certain capital expenditures, adopting elements of a territorial tax system, imposing a one-time transition tax (or “repatriation tax”) on all undistributed earnings and profits of certain U.S.-owned foreign corporations, revising the rules governing net operating losses and the rules governing foreign tax credits, and introducing new anti-base erosion provisions. Many of these changes are effective immediately, without any transition periods or grandfathering for existing transactions. The legislation is unclear in many respects and could be subject to potential amendments and technical corrections, as well as interpretations and implementing regulations by the Treasury and Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), any of which could lessen or increase certain adverse impacts of the legislation. In addition, it is unclear how these U.S. federal income tax changes will affect state and local taxation, which often uses federal taxable income as a starting point for computing state and local tax liabilities.

While our analysis and interpretation of this legislation is preliminary and ongoing, based on our current evaluation, we do not expect the reduction of the U.S. corporate income tax rate will have a materially adverse impact to our earnings given our U.S. valuation allowance.  We also do not currently believe the one-time transition tax will have a materially adverse impact given our ability to utilize existing tax attributes.  An estimate of the impact was recorded in the second quarter of the fiscal year ending 2018, the period in which the tax legislation was enacted, however, these amounts may be subject to further adjustment in subsequent periods throughout fiscal 2018 in accordance with recent interpretive guidance issued by the SEC as well as future regulatory guidance.  We believe the limitation on interest deductions, the expanded limitation on executive compensation deductions and the anti-base erosion provisions in the legislation may negatively impact our cash flows going forward.  There may be other material adverse effects resulting from the legislation that we have not yet identified.

Changes in the effective tax rate including from the release of the valuation allowance recorded against our net U.S. deferred tax assets, or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns or change in ownership, could adversely affect our results.

Our future effective tax rates may be volatile or adversely affected by changes in our business or U.S. or foreign tax laws, including: the partial or full release of the valuation allowance recorded against our net U.S. deferred tax assets; expiration of or lapses in the research and development tax credit laws; transfer pricing adjustments; tax effects of stock-based compensation; or costs related to restructuring. In addition, we are subject to the examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. Although we regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes, there is no assurance that such determinations by us are in fact adequate. Changes in our effective tax rates or amounts assessed upon examination of our tax returns may have a material, adverse impact on our cash flows and our financial condition.

Our future effective tax rate in particular could be adversely affected by a change in ownership pursuant to U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 382. If a change in ownership occurs, it may limit our ability to utilize our net operating losses to offset our U.S. taxable income. If U.S. taxable income is greater than the change in ownership limitation, we will pay a higher rate of tax with respect to the amount of taxable income that exceeds the limitation. This could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. On April 26, 2012, we adopted an Amended and Restated Rights Agreement to help protect our assets (the “Rights Agreement”). In general, this does not allow a stockholder to acquire more than 4.95% of our outstanding common stock without a waiver from our board of directors, who must take into account the relevant tax analysis relating to potential limitation of our net operating losses. Our Rights Agreement is effective through May 31, 2018.

Provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law and our adoption of a stockholder rights plan may delay or prevent an acquisition of Extreme, which could decrease the value of our Common Stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our Board of Directors. Delaware law also imposes some restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock. In addition, our Board of Directors has the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer. Although we believe these provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law will provide for an opportunity to receive a higher bid by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our Board of Directors, these provisions apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some of our stockholders.

Our Rights Agreement provides that if a single stockholder (or group) acquires more than 4.95% of our outstanding common stock without a waiver from our Board of Directors, each holder of one share of our common stock (other than the stockholder or group who acquired in excess of 4.95% of our common stock) may purchase a fractional share of our preferred stock that would result in substantial dilution to the triggering stockholder or group. Accordingly, although this plan is designed to prevent any limitation on


the utilization of our net operating losses by avoiding issues raised under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, the Rights Agreement could also serve as a deterrent to stockholders wishing to effect a change of control.

Compliance with laws, rules and regulations relating to corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses.

Federal securities laws, rules and regulations, as well as NASDAQ Stock Market rules and regulations, require companies to maintain extensive corporate governance measures, impose comprehensive reporting and disclosure requirements, set strict independence and financial expertise standards for audit and other committee members and impose civil and criminal penalties for companies and their Chief Executive Officers, Chief Financial Officers and directors for securities law violations. These laws, rules and regulations and the interpretation of these requirements are evolving, and we are making investments to evaluate current practices and to continue to achieve compliance, which investments may have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition.

We are required to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis and publicly disclose any material weaknesses in our controls.  Any adverse results from such evaluation could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and significant expense to remediate, and ultimately could have an adverse effect on our stock price.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires our management to assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and to disclose if such controls were unable to provide assurance that a material error would be prevented or detected in a timely manner. We have an ongoing program to review the design of our internal controls framework in keeping with changes in business needs, implement necessary changes to our controls design and test the system and process controls necessary to comply with these requirements. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, withinrisk factors since our Company will have been detected.

If we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies material weaknesses in our internal controls, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, may cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements and its stock price may decline. Remediation of a material weakness could require us to incur significant expenses and, if we fail to remedy any material weakness, our ability to report our financial resultsAnnual Report on a timely and accurate basis may be adversely affected, our access to the capital markets may be restricted, our stock price may decline, and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC. We may also be required to restate our financial statements from prior periods. Execution of restatements create a significant strain on our internal resources and could cause delays in our filing of quarterly or annual financial results, increase our costs and cause management distraction. Restatements may also significantly affect our stock price in an adverse manner.

Our headquarters and some significant supporting businesses are located in Northern California and other areas subject to natural disasters that could disrupt our operations and harm our business.

Our corporate headquarters are located in Silicon Valley in Northern California. Historically, this region as well as our R&D centers in North Carolina and New Hampshire have been vulnerable to natural disasters and other risks, such as earthquakes, fires, floods and tropical storms, which at times have disrupted the local economy and posed physical risks to our property. We have contract manufacturers located in Taiwan where similar natural disasters and other risks may disrupt the local economy and pose physical risks to our property and the property of our contract manufacturer.

In addition, the continued threat of terrorism and heightened security and military action in response to this threat, or any future acts of terrorism, may cause further disruptions to the economies of the United States and other countries. If such disruptions result in delays or cancellations of customer orders for our products, our business and operating results will suffer.

We currently do not have redundant, multiple site capacity in the event of a natural disaster, terrorist act or other catastrophic event. In the event of such an occurrence, our business would suffer.

Our stock price has been volatile in the past and our stock price may significantly fluctuate in the future.

In the past, our common stock price has fluctuated significantly. This could continue as we or our competitors announce new products, our results or those of our customers or competition fluctuate, conditions in the networking or semiconductor industry change, or when investors, change their sentiment toward stocks in the networking technology sector.

In addition, fluctuations in our stock price and our price-to-earnings multiple may make our stock attractive to momentum, hedge or day-trading investors who often shift funds into and out of stock rapidly, exacerbating price fluctuations in either direction, particularly when viewed on a quarterly basis.  These fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price or liquidity of our common stock. Some companies, including us, that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class action lawsuits


filed against them. If a suit were filed against us, regardless of its merits or outcome, it could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources.  

We rely on the availability of third-party licenses.

Some of our products are designed to include software or other intellectual property, including open source software, licensed from third parties. It may be necessary in the future to seek or renew licenses relating to various aspects of these products. There can be no assurance that the necessary licenses would be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The inability to obtain certain licenses or other rights or to obtain such licenses or rights on favorable terms, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. Moreover, the inclusion in our products of software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties on a nonexclusive basis could limit our ability to protect our proprietary rights in our products.  Further, the failure to comply with the terms of any license, including free open source software, may result in our inability to continue to use such license. Our inability to maintain or re-license any third-party licenses required in our products or our inability to obtain third-party licenses necessary to develop new products and product enhancements, could require us, if possible, to develop substitute technology or obtain substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards or at a greater cost, any of which could delay or prevent product shipment and harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

System security risks, data protection breaches, and cyber-attacks could compromise our proprietary information, disrupt our internal operations and harm public perception of our products, which could adversely affect our business.

In the ordinary course of business, we store sensitive data, including intellectual property, our proprietary business information and that of our customers, suppliers and business partners on our networks. In addition, we store sensitive data through cloud-based services that may be hosted by third parties and in data center infrastructure maintained by third parties. The secure maintenance of this information is critical to our operations and business strategy. Increasingly, companies, including us, are subject to a wide variety of attacks on their networks on an ongoing basis. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to penetration or attacks by computer programmers and hackers, or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise our networks, creating system disruptions or slowdowns and exploiting security vulnerabilities of our products, and the information stored on our networks could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen, which could subject us to liability to our customers, suppliers, business partners and others, and cause us reputational and financial harm. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we produce or procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture, including “bugs” and other problems that could unexpectedly interfere with the operation of our networks. This can be true even for “legacy” products that have been determined to have reached an end of life engineering status but will continue to operate for a limited amount of time.

If an actual or perceived breach of network security occurs in our network or in the network of a customer of our networking products, regardless of whether the breach is attributable to our products, the market perception of the effectiveness of our products could be harmed. In addition, the economic costs to us to eliminate or alleviate cyber or other security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software systems and security vulnerabilities could be significant and may be difficult to anticipate or measure. Because the techniques used by computer programmers and hackers, many of whom are highly sophisticated and well-funded, to access or sabotage networks change frequently and generally are not recognized until after they are used, we may be unable to anticipate or immediately detect these techniques. This could impede our sales, manufacturing, distribution or other critical functions, which could adversely affect our business.

Market conditions and changes in the industry could lead to discontinuation of our products or businesses resulting in asset impairments.

In response to changes in industry and market conditions, we may be required to strategically realign our resources and consider restructuring, disposing of, or otherwise exiting businesses. Any decision to limit investment in or dispose of or otherwise exit businesses may result in the recording of special charges, such as inventory and technology-related write-offs, workforce reduction costs, charges relating to consolidation of excess facilities, or claims from third parties who were resellers or users of discontinued products. Our estimates with respect to the useful life or ultimate recoverability of our carrying basis of assets, including purchased intangible assets, could change as a result of such assessments and decisions. Although in certain instances, our supply agreements allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to firm orders being placed, our loss contingencies may include liabilities for contracts that we cannot cancel with contract manufacturers and suppliers. Further, our estimates relating to the liabilities for excess facilities are affected by changes in real estate market conditions.

If our products do not effectively inter-operate with our customers’ networks and result in cancellations and delays of installations, our business could be harmed.

Our products are designed to interface with our customers’ existing networks, each of which have different specifications and utilize multiple protocol standards and products from other vendors. Many of our customers’ networks contain multiple generations of


products that have been added over time as these networks have grown and evolved. Our products must inter-operate with many or all of the products within these networks as well as future products in order to meet our customers’ requirements. If we find errors in the existing software or defects in the hardware used in our customers’ networks, we may need to modify our software networking solutions to fix or overcome these errors so that our products will inter-operate and scale with the existing software and hardware, which could be costly and could negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, if our products do not inter-operate with those of our customers’ networks, demand for our products could be adversely affected or orders for our products could be canceled. This could hurt our operating results, damage our reputation, and seriously harm our business and prospects.

We have liabilities for real estate leases in excess of what is necessary for our current business.

We have real estate leases that we are currently trying to sublease or that we have had to write-off their cost. Until such time that we are able to sublease these properties, or the current leases expire, we may incur financial liabilities for real estate leases significantly in excess of what is necessary for our current business.

The results of the United Kingdom’s referendum on withdrawal from the European Union may have a negative effect on global economic conditions, financial markets and our business.

In June 2016, a majority of voters in the United Kingdom elected to withdraw from the European Union in a national referendum.  The terms of the withdrawal are subject to a negotiation period that could last at least two years after the government of the United Kingdom formally initiated the withdrawal process in March 2017.  Nevertheless, the referendum has created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union, including with respect to the laws and regulations that will apply as the United Kingdom determines which European Union laws to replace or replicate in the event of a withdrawal.  The referendum has also given rise to callsForm 10-K for the governments of other European Union member states to consider withdrawal.  These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, have had and may continue to have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and may significantly reduce global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets.  Any of these factors could depress economic activity and restrict our access to capital, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and reduce the price of our securities.year ended June 30, 2021.

While the full effects of the referendum will not be known for some time, the referendum and beginnings of the British exit from the European Union could cause disruptions to, and create uncertainty surrounding, our business with customers in the United Kingdom. One of the effects of the referendum to date includes currency exchange rate fluctuations that have or may in the future result in the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the U.K. Pound Sterling. A weaker U.K. Pound Sterling means that revenues earned in U.K. Pounds Sterling translate to lower reported U.S. Dollar revenues. A weaker U.K. Pound Sterling also means that expenses incurred in U.K. Pounds Sterling translate to lower reported U.S. Dollar expenses. In addition, any future increases in the value of the U.S. Dollar relative to the U.K. Pounds Sterling could make the sale of our products less competitive in the United Kingdom. 

Regulations related to conflict minerals may cause us to incur additional expenses and could limit the supply and increase the costs of certain metals used in the manufacturing of our products.

As a public company, we are subject to requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, and the regulations adopted by the SEC as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, that require us to perform certain reasonable country of origin inquiry and diligence exercises, and disclose and report on our diligence process and efforts to ascertain whether or not our products may contain “conflict minerals” mined from the Democratic Republic of the Congo or adjoining countries.  These requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability and pricing of the materials used in the manufacture of components used in our products. In addition, we continue to incur additional costs to comply with these disclosure requirements, including costs related to conducting ongoing diligence procedures and, if applicable, potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply as a consequence of such activities. We may encounter challenges to satisfy customers who require that all of the components of our products are certified as “conflict free.” If we cannot satisfy these customers, they may choose a competitor’s products.

Item 2.Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds - Not applicableApplicable

Item 3.Defaults Upon Senior Securities - Not applicableApplicable

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures - Not Applicable

Item 5.Other Information - Not Applicable


Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosure - Not Applicable

Item 5. Other Information – Not Applicable


Item 6.ExhibitsExhibits

 

(a)

Exhibits:

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description of Document

 

Form

 

Filing Date

 

Number

 

Filed

Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 3, 2017, by and between Extreme Networks, Inc. and Brocade Communications Systems, Inc.

 

8-K

 

10/3/17

 

2.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2017, by and among the Company, as borrower, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities party thereto as lenders, and Silicon Valley Bank, as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

8-K

 

10/30/17

 

10.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Consent Agreement Re: Termination of Prior Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2017, by and among LSI Corporation, Broadcom Corporation and Extreme Networks, Inc.

 

8-K

 

10/03/17

 

10.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4*

 

Extreme Networks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

S-8

 

12/01/17

 

99.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

 

Lease by and between SI 64, LLC, (“Landlord”) and Extreme Networks, Inc., (“Tenant”) (6480 Via Del Oro) dated November 6, 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6

 

Lease by and between SI 33, LLC, (“Landlord”) and Extreme Networks, Inc., (“Tenant”) (6377 San Ignacio Avenue) dated November 6, 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1**

 

Section 906 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.2**

 

Section 906 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

Description of Document

Form

Filing Date

Number

Filed

Herewith

    2.1†

Put Option Agreement, dated August 6, 2021 relating to the acquisition of Ipanematech SAS.

10-K

August 27, 2021

2.9

  31.1

Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

X

  31.2

Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

X

  32.1*

Section 906 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

X

  32.2*

Section 906 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

X

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

X

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

X

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

X

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

X

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

X

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

X

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document).

 

*

*Indicates management compensatory contract, plan or arrangement.

** Furnished herewith. Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 are being furnished and shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall such exhibits be deemed to be incorporated by reference in any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except as otherwise specifically stated in such filing.

This filing excludes schedules and exhibits pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, which the registrant agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC upon request by the SEC.


SIGNATURESSIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

(Registrant)

 

/S /    B. DREW DAVIESs/ REMI THOMAS

B. Drew Davies

Remi Thomas

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

(Principal (Principal Accounting Officer)

November 5, 2021

February 8, 2018

38

63